1 /* 2 * CDDL HEADER START 3 * 4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the 5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). 6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. 7 * 8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE 9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. 10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions 11 * and limitations under the License. 12 * 13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each 14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. 15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the 16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying 17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] 18 * 19 * CDDL HEADER END 20 */ 21 22 /* 23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 24 * Copyright 2020 Joyent, Inc. 25 * Copyright 2015 Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> 26 * Copyright 2020 RackTop Systems, Inc. 27 * Copyright 2026 Oxide Computer Company 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * MAC Services Module 32 * 33 * The GLDv3 framework locking - The MAC layer 34 * -------------------------------------------- 35 * 36 * The MAC layer is central to the GLD framework and can provide the locking 37 * framework needed for itself and for the use of MAC clients. MAC end points 38 * are fairly disjoint and don't share a lot of state. So a coarse grained 39 * multi-threading scheme is to single thread all create/modify/delete or set 40 * type of control operations on a per mac end point while allowing data threads 41 * concurrently. 42 * 43 * Control operations (set) that modify a mac end point are always serialized on 44 * a per mac end point basis, We have at most 1 such thread per mac end point 45 * at a time. 46 * 47 * All other operations that are not serialized are essentially multi-threaded. 48 * For example a control operation (get) like getting statistics which may not 49 * care about reading values atomically or data threads sending or receiving 50 * data. Mostly these type of operations don't modify the control state. Any 51 * state these operations care about are protected using traditional locks. 52 * 53 * The perimeter only serializes serial operations. It does not imply there 54 * aren't any other concurrent operations. However a serialized operation may 55 * sometimes need to make sure it is the only thread. In this case it needs 56 * to use reference counting mechanisms to cv_wait until any current data 57 * threads are done. 58 * 59 * The mac layer itself does not hold any locks across a call to another layer. 60 * The perimeter is however held across a down call to the driver to make the 61 * whole control operation atomic with respect to other control operations. 62 * Also the data path and get type control operations may proceed concurrently. 63 * These operations synchronize with the single serial operation on a given mac 64 * end point using regular locks. The perimeter ensures that conflicting 65 * operations like say a mac_multicast_add and a mac_multicast_remove on the 66 * same mac end point don't interfere with each other and also ensures that the 67 * changes in the mac layer and the call to the underlying driver to say add a 68 * multicast address are done atomically without interference from a thread 69 * trying to delete the same address. 70 * 71 * For example, consider 72 * mac_multicst_add() 73 * { 74 * mac_perimeter_enter(); serialize all control operations 75 * 76 * grab list lock protect against access by data threads 77 * add to list 78 * drop list lock 79 * 80 * call driver's mi_multicst 81 * 82 * mac_perimeter_exit(); 83 * } 84 * 85 * To lessen the number of serialization locks and simplify the lock hierarchy, 86 * we serialize all the control operations on a per mac end point by using a 87 * single serialization lock called the perimeter. We allow recursive entry into 88 * the perimeter to facilitate use of this mechanism by both the mac client and 89 * the MAC layer itself. 90 * 91 * MAC client means an entity that does an operation on a mac handle 92 * obtained from a mac_open/mac_client_open. Similarly MAC driver means 93 * an entity that does an operation on a mac handle obtained from a 94 * mac_register. An entity could be both client and driver but on different 95 * handles eg. aggr. and should only make the corresponding mac interface calls 96 * i.e. mac driver interface or mac client interface as appropriate for that 97 * mac handle. 98 * 99 * General rules. 100 * ------------- 101 * 102 * R1. The lock order of upcall threads is natually opposite to downcall 103 * threads. Hence upcalls must not hold any locks across layers for fear of 104 * recursive lock enter and lock order violation. This applies to all layers. 105 * 106 * R2. The perimeter is just another lock. Since it is held in the down 107 * direction, acquiring the perimeter in an upcall is prohibited as it would 108 * cause a deadlock. This applies to all layers. 109 * 110 * Note that upcalls that need to grab the mac perimeter (for example 111 * mac_notify upcalls) can still achieve that by posting the request to a 112 * thread, which can then grab all the required perimeters and locks in the 113 * right global order. Note that in the above example the mac layer iself 114 * won't grab the mac perimeter in the mac_notify upcall, instead the upcall 115 * to the client must do that. Please see the aggr code for an example. 116 * 117 * MAC client rules 118 * ---------------- 119 * 120 * R3. A MAC client may use the MAC provided perimeter facility to serialize 121 * control operations on a per mac end point. It does this by by acquring 122 * and holding the perimeter across a sequence of calls to the mac layer. 123 * This ensures atomicity across the entire block of mac calls. In this 124 * model the MAC client must not hold any client locks across the calls to 125 * the mac layer. This model is the preferred solution. 126 * 127 * R4. However if a MAC client has a lot of global state across all mac end 128 * points the per mac end point serialization may not be sufficient. In this 129 * case the client may choose to use global locks or use its own serialization. 130 * To avoid deadlocks, these client layer locks held across the mac calls 131 * in the control path must never be acquired by the data path for the reason 132 * mentioned below. 133 * 134 * (Assume that a control operation that holds a client lock blocks in the 135 * mac layer waiting for upcall reference counts to drop to zero. If an upcall 136 * data thread that holds this reference count, tries to acquire the same 137 * client lock subsequently it will deadlock). 138 * 139 * A MAC client may follow either the R3 model or the R4 model, but can't 140 * mix both. In the former, the hierarchy is Perim -> client locks, but in 141 * the latter it is client locks -> Perim. 142 * 143 * R5. MAC clients must make MAC calls (excluding data calls) in a cv_wait'able 144 * context since they may block while trying to acquire the perimeter. 145 * In addition some calls may block waiting for upcall refcnts to come down to 146 * zero. 147 * 148 * R6. MAC clients must make sure that they are single threaded and all threads 149 * from the top (in particular data threads) have finished before calling 150 * mac_client_close. The MAC framework does not track the number of client 151 * threads using the mac client handle. Also mac clients must make sure 152 * they have undone all the control operations before calling mac_client_close. 153 * For example mac_unicast_remove/mac_multicast_remove to undo the corresponding 154 * mac_unicast_add/mac_multicast_add. 155 * 156 * MAC framework rules 157 * ------------------- 158 * 159 * R7. The mac layer itself must not hold any mac layer locks (except the mac 160 * perimeter) across a call to any other layer from the mac layer. The call to 161 * any other layer could be via mi_* entry points, classifier entry points into 162 * the driver or via upcall pointers into layers above. The mac perimeter may 163 * be acquired or held only in the down direction, for e.g. when calling into 164 * a mi_* driver enty point to provide atomicity of the operation. 165 * 166 * R8. Since it is not guaranteed (see R14) that drivers won't hold locks across 167 * mac driver interfaces, the MAC layer must provide a cut out for control 168 * interfaces like upcall notifications and start them in a separate thread. 169 * 170 * R9. Note that locking order also implies a plumbing order. For example 171 * VNICs are allowed to be created over aggrs, but not vice-versa. An attempt 172 * to plumb in any other order must be failed at mac_open time, otherwise it 173 * could lead to deadlocks due to inverse locking order. 174 * 175 * R10. MAC driver interfaces must not block since the driver could call them 176 * in interrupt context. 177 * 178 * R11. Walkers must preferably not hold any locks while calling walker 179 * callbacks. Instead these can operate on reference counts. In simple 180 * callbacks it may be ok to hold a lock and call the callbacks, but this is 181 * harder to maintain in the general case of arbitrary callbacks. 182 * 183 * R12. The MAC layer must protect upcall notification callbacks using reference 184 * counts rather than holding locks across the callbacks. 185 * 186 * R13. Given the variety of drivers, it is preferable if the MAC layer can make 187 * sure that any pointers (such as mac ring pointers) it passes to the driver 188 * remain valid until mac unregister time. Currently the mac layer achieves 189 * this by using generation numbers for rings and freeing the mac rings only 190 * at unregister time. The MAC layer must provide a layer of indirection and 191 * must not expose underlying driver rings or driver data structures/pointers 192 * directly to MAC clients. 193 * 194 * MAC driver rules 195 * ---------------- 196 * 197 * R14. It would be preferable if MAC drivers don't hold any locks across any 198 * mac call. However at a minimum they must not hold any locks across data 199 * upcalls. They must also make sure that all references to mac data structures 200 * are cleaned up and that it is single threaded at mac_unregister time. 201 * 202 * R15. MAC driver interfaces don't block and so the action may be done 203 * asynchronously in a separate thread as for example handling notifications. 204 * The driver must not assume that the action is complete when the call 205 * returns. 206 * 207 * R16. Drivers must maintain a generation number per Rx ring, and pass it 208 * back to mac_rx_ring(); They are expected to increment the generation 209 * number whenever the ring's stop routine is invoked. 210 * See comments in mac_rx_ring(); 211 * 212 * R17 Similarly mi_stop is another synchronization point and the driver must 213 * ensure that all upcalls are done and there won't be any future upcall 214 * before returning from mi_stop. 215 * 216 * R18. The driver may assume that all set/modify control operations via 217 * the mi_* entry points are single threaded on a per mac end point. 218 * 219 * Lock and Perimeter hierarchy scenarios 220 * --------------------------------------- 221 * 222 * i_mac_impl_lock -> mi_rw_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock[i_mac_tx_srs_notify] 223 * 224 * ft_lock -> fe_lock [mac_flow_lookup] 225 * 226 * mi_rw_lock -> fe_lock [mac_bcast_send] 227 * 228 * srs_lock -> mac_bw_lock [mac_rx_srs_drain_bw] 229 * 230 * cpu_lock -> mac_srs_g_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock [mac_walk_srs_and_bind] 231 * 232 * i_dls_devnet_lock -> mac layer locks [dls_devnet_rename] 233 * 234 * Perimeters are ordered P1 -> P2 -> P3 from top to bottom in order of mac 235 * client to driver. In the case of clients that explictly use the mac provided 236 * perimeter mechanism for its serialization, the hierarchy is 237 * Perimeter -> mac layer locks, since the client never holds any locks across 238 * the mac calls. In the case of clients that use its own locks the hierarchy 239 * is Client locks -> Mac Perim -> Mac layer locks. The client never explicitly 240 * calls mac_perim_enter/exit in this case. 241 * 242 * Subflow creation rules 243 * --------------------------- 244 * o In case of a user specified cpulist present on underlying link and flows, 245 * the flows cpulist must be a subset of the underlying link. 246 * o In case of a user specified fanout mode present on link and flow, the 247 * subflow fanout count has to be less than or equal to that of the 248 * underlying link. The cpu-bindings for the subflows will be a subset of 249 * the underlying link. 250 * o In case if no cpulist specified on both underlying link and flow, the 251 * underlying link relies on a MAC tunable to provide out of box fanout. 252 * The subflow will have no cpulist (the subflow will be unbound) 253 * o In case if no cpulist is specified on the underlying link, a subflow can 254 * carry either a user-specified cpulist or fanout count. The cpu-bindings 255 * for the subflow will not adhere to restriction that they need to be subset 256 * of the underlying link. 257 * o In case where the underlying link is carrying either a user specified 258 * cpulist or fanout mode and for a unspecified subflow, the subflow will be 259 * created unbound. 260 * o While creating unbound subflows, bandwidth mode changes attempt to 261 * figure a right fanout count. In such cases the fanout count will override 262 * the unbound cpu-binding behavior. 263 * o In addition to this, while cycling between flow and link properties, we 264 * impose a restriction that if a link property has a subflow with 265 * user-specified attributes, we will not allow changing the link property. 266 * The administrator needs to reset all the user specified properties for the 267 * subflows before attempting a link property change. 268 * Some of the above rules can be overridden by specifying additional command 269 * line options while creating or modifying link or subflow properties. 270 * 271 * Datapath 272 * -------- 273 * 274 * For information on the datapath, the world of soft rings, hardware rings, how 275 * it is structured, and the path of an mblk_t between a driver and a mac 276 * client, see mac_sched.c. 277 */ 278 279 #include <sys/types.h> 280 #include <sys/conf.h> 281 #include <sys/id_space.h> 282 #include <sys/esunddi.h> 283 #include <sys/stat.h> 284 #include <sys/mkdev.h> 285 #include <sys/stream.h> 286 #include <sys/strsun.h> 287 #include <sys/strsubr.h> 288 #include <sys/dlpi.h> 289 #include <sys/list.h> 290 #include <sys/modhash.h> 291 #include <sys/mac_provider.h> 292 #include <sys/mac_client_impl.h> 293 #include <sys/mac_soft_ring.h> 294 #include <sys/mac_stat.h> 295 #include <sys/mac_impl.h> 296 #include <sys/mac.h> 297 #include <sys/dls.h> 298 #include <sys/dld.h> 299 #include <sys/modctl.h> 300 #include <sys/fs/dv_node.h> 301 #include <sys/thread.h> 302 #include <sys/proc.h> 303 #include <sys/callb.h> 304 #include <sys/cpuvar.h> 305 #include <sys/atomic.h> 306 #include <sys/bitmap.h> 307 #include <sys/sdt.h> 308 #include <sys/mac_flow.h> 309 #include <sys/ddi_intr_impl.h> 310 #include <sys/disp.h> 311 #include <sys/sdt.h> 312 #include <sys/vnic.h> 313 #include <sys/vnic_impl.h> 314 #include <sys/vlan.h> 315 #include <inet/ip.h> 316 #include <inet/ip6.h> 317 #include <sys/exacct.h> 318 #include <sys/exacct_impl.h> 319 #include <inet/nd.h> 320 #include <sys/ethernet.h> 321 #include <sys/pool.h> 322 #include <sys/pool_pset.h> 323 #include <sys/cpupart.h> 324 #include <inet/wifi_ioctl.h> 325 #include <net/wpa.h> 326 #include <sys/mac_ether.h> 327 328 #define IMPL_HASHSZ 67 /* prime */ 329 330 kmem_cache_t *i_mac_impl_cachep; 331 mod_hash_t *i_mac_impl_hash; 332 krwlock_t i_mac_impl_lock; 333 uint_t i_mac_impl_count; 334 static kmem_cache_t *mac_ring_cache; 335 static id_space_t *minor_ids; 336 static uint32_t minor_count; 337 static pool_event_cb_t mac_pool_event_reg; 338 339 /* 340 * Logging stuff. Perhaps mac_logging_interval could be broken into 341 * mac_flow_log_interval and mac_link_log_interval if we want to be 342 * able to schedule them differently. 343 */ 344 uint_t mac_logging_interval; 345 boolean_t mac_flow_log_enable; 346 boolean_t mac_link_log_enable; 347 timeout_id_t mac_logging_timer; 348 349 #define MACTYPE_KMODDIR "mac" 350 #define MACTYPE_HASHSZ 67 351 static mod_hash_t *i_mactype_hash; 352 /* 353 * i_mactype_lock synchronizes threads that obtain references to mactype_t 354 * structures through i_mactype_getplugin(). 355 */ 356 static kmutex_t i_mactype_lock; 357 358 /* 359 * mac_tx_percpu_cnt 360 * 361 * Number of per cpu locks per mac_client_impl_t. Used by the transmit side 362 * in mac_tx to reduce lock contention. This is sized at boot time in mac_init. 363 * mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max is settable in /etc/system and must be a power of 2. 364 * Per cpu locks may be disabled by setting mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 1. 365 */ 366 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt; 367 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max = 128; 368 369 /* 370 * Call back functions for the bridge module. These are guaranteed to be valid 371 * when holding a reference on a link or when holding mip->mi_bridge_lock and 372 * mi_bridge_link is non-NULL. 373 */ 374 mac_bridge_tx_t mac_bridge_tx_cb; 375 mac_bridge_rx_t mac_bridge_rx_cb; 376 mac_bridge_ref_t mac_bridge_ref_cb; 377 mac_bridge_ls_t mac_bridge_ls_cb; 378 379 static int i_mac_constructor(void *, void *, int); 380 static void i_mac_destructor(void *, void *); 381 static int i_mac_ring_ctor(void *, void *, int); 382 static void i_mac_ring_dtor(void *, void *); 383 static flow_entry_t *mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *, mac_resource_handle_t, 384 mblk_t *); 385 void mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *); 386 void mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *); 387 static void mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *, uint_t); 388 static int mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *); 389 static void mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *); 390 static void mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t, int, void *); 391 392 typedef struct netinfo_s { 393 list_node_t ni_link; 394 void *ni_record; 395 int ni_size; 396 int ni_type; 397 } netinfo_t; 398 399 /* 400 * Module initialization functions. 401 */ 402 403 void 404 mac_init(void) 405 { 406 mac_tx_percpu_cnt = ((boot_max_ncpus == -1) ? max_ncpus : 407 boot_max_ncpus); 408 409 /* Upper bound is mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max */ 410 if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt > mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max) 411 mac_tx_percpu_cnt = mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max; 412 413 if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt < 1) { 414 /* Someone set max_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 0 or less */ 415 mac_tx_percpu_cnt = 1; 416 } 417 418 ASSERT(mac_tx_percpu_cnt >= 1); 419 mac_tx_percpu_cnt = (1 << highbit(mac_tx_percpu_cnt - 1)); 420 /* 421 * Make it of the form 2**N - 1 in the range 422 * [0 .. mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max - 1] 423 */ 424 mac_tx_percpu_cnt--; 425 426 i_mac_impl_cachep = kmem_cache_create("mac_impl_cache", 427 sizeof (mac_impl_t), 0, i_mac_constructor, i_mac_destructor, 428 NULL, NULL, NULL, 0); 429 ASSERT(i_mac_impl_cachep != NULL); 430 431 mac_ring_cache = kmem_cache_create("mac_ring_cache", 432 sizeof (mac_ring_t), 0, i_mac_ring_ctor, i_mac_ring_dtor, NULL, 433 NULL, NULL, 0); 434 ASSERT(mac_ring_cache != NULL); 435 436 i_mac_impl_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mac_impl_hash", 437 IMPL_HASHSZ, mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor, 438 mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP); 439 rw_init(&i_mac_impl_lock, NULL, RW_DEFAULT, NULL); 440 441 mac_flow_init(); 442 mac_soft_ring_init(); 443 mac_bcast_init(); 444 mac_client_init(); 445 446 i_mac_impl_count = 0; 447 448 i_mactype_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mactype_hash", 449 MACTYPE_HASHSZ, 450 mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor, 451 mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP); 452 453 /* 454 * Allocate an id space to manage minor numbers. The range of the 455 * space will be from MAC_MAX_MINOR+1 to MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1. This 456 * leaves half of the 32-bit minors available for driver private use. 457 */ 458 minor_ids = id_space_create("mac_minor_ids", MAC_MAX_MINOR+1, 459 MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1); 460 ASSERT(minor_ids != NULL); 461 minor_count = 0; 462 463 /* Let's default to 20 seconds */ 464 mac_logging_interval = 20; 465 mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE; 466 mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE; 467 mac_logging_timer = NULL; 468 469 /* Register to be notified of noteworthy pools events */ 470 mac_pool_event_reg.pec_func = mac_pool_event_cb; 471 mac_pool_event_reg.pec_arg = NULL; 472 pool_event_cb_register(&mac_pool_event_reg); 473 } 474 475 int 476 mac_fini(void) 477 { 478 479 if (i_mac_impl_count > 0 || minor_count > 0) 480 return (EBUSY); 481 482 pool_event_cb_unregister(&mac_pool_event_reg); 483 484 id_space_destroy(minor_ids); 485 mac_flow_fini(); 486 487 mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mac_impl_hash); 488 rw_destroy(&i_mac_impl_lock); 489 490 mac_client_fini(); 491 kmem_cache_destroy(mac_ring_cache); 492 493 mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mactype_hash); 494 mac_soft_ring_finish(); 495 496 497 return (0); 498 } 499 500 /* 501 * Initialize a GLDv3 driver's device ops. A driver that manages its own ops 502 * (e.g. softmac) may pass in a NULL ops argument. 503 */ 504 void 505 mac_init_ops(struct dev_ops *ops, const char *name) 506 { 507 major_t major = ddi_name_to_major((char *)name); 508 509 /* 510 * By returning on error below, we are not letting the driver continue 511 * in an undefined context. The mac_register() function will faill if 512 * DN_GLDV3_DRIVER isn't set. 513 */ 514 if (major == DDI_MAJOR_T_NONE) 515 return; 516 LOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock); 517 devnamesp[major].dn_flags |= (DN_GLDV3_DRIVER | DN_NETWORK_DRIVER); 518 UNLOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock); 519 if (ops != NULL) 520 dld_init_ops(ops, name); 521 } 522 523 void 524 mac_fini_ops(struct dev_ops *ops) 525 { 526 dld_fini_ops(ops); 527 } 528 529 /*ARGSUSED*/ 530 static int 531 i_mac_constructor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag) 532 { 533 mac_impl_t *mip = buf; 534 535 bzero(buf, sizeof (mac_impl_t)); 536 537 mip->mi_linkstate = LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN; 538 539 rw_init(&mip->mi_rw_lock, NULL, RW_DRIVER, NULL); 540 mutex_init(&mip->mi_notify_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL); 541 mutex_init(&mip->mi_promisc_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL); 542 mutex_init(&mip->mi_ring_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL); 543 544 mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_notify_lock; 545 cv_init(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL); 546 mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_promisc_lock; 547 cv_init(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL); 548 549 mutex_init(&mip->mi_bridge_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL); 550 551 return (0); 552 } 553 554 /*ARGSUSED*/ 555 static void 556 i_mac_destructor(void *buf, void *arg) 557 { 558 mac_impl_t *mip = buf; 559 mac_cb_info_t *mcbi; 560 561 ASSERT(mip->mi_ref == 0); 562 ASSERT(mip->mi_active == 0); 563 ASSERT(mip->mi_linkstate == LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN); 564 ASSERT(mip->mi_devpromisc == 0); 565 ASSERT(mip->mi_ksp == NULL); 566 ASSERT(mip->mi_kstat_count == 0); 567 ASSERT(mip->mi_nclients == 0); 568 ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0); 569 ASSERT(mip->mi_single_active_client == NULL); 570 ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags == 0); 571 ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL); 572 ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0); 573 ASSERT(mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL); 574 575 mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info; 576 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0); 577 ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_bits == 0); 578 ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_thread == NULL); 579 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_notify_lock); 580 mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL; 581 582 mcbi = &mip->mi_promisc_cb_info; 583 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL); 584 ASSERT(mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL); 585 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_promisc_lock); 586 mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL; 587 588 ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0 && mip->mi_bcast_grp == NULL); 589 ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == NULL && mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0); 590 591 rw_destroy(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 592 593 mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_lock); 594 cv_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv); 595 mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_lock); 596 cv_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv); 597 mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 598 599 ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL); 600 } 601 602 /* ARGSUSED */ 603 static int 604 i_mac_ring_ctor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag) 605 { 606 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf; 607 608 bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t)); 609 cv_init(&ring->mr_cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL); 610 mutex_init(&ring->mr_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL); 611 ring->mr_state = MR_FREE; 612 return (0); 613 } 614 615 /* ARGSUSED */ 616 static void 617 i_mac_ring_dtor(void *buf, void *arg) 618 { 619 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf; 620 621 cv_destroy(&ring->mr_cv); 622 mutex_destroy(&ring->mr_lock); 623 } 624 625 /* 626 * Common functions to do mac callback addition and deletion. Currently this is 627 * used by promisc callbacks and notify callbacks. List addition and deletion 628 * need to take care of list walkers. List walkers in general, can't hold list 629 * locks and make upcall callbacks due to potential lock order and recursive 630 * reentry issues. Instead list walkers increment the list walker count to mark 631 * the presence of a walker thread. Addition can be carefully done to ensure 632 * that the list walker always sees either the old list or the new list. 633 * However the deletion can't be done while the walker is active, instead the 634 * deleting thread simply marks the entry as logically deleted. The last walker 635 * physically deletes and frees up the logically deleted entries when the walk 636 * is complete. 637 */ 638 void 639 mac_callback_add(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head, 640 mac_cb_t *mcb_elem) 641 { 642 mac_cb_t *p; 643 mac_cb_t **pp; 644 645 /* Verify it is not already in the list */ 646 for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) { 647 if (p == mcb_elem) 648 break; 649 } 650 VERIFY(p == NULL); 651 652 /* 653 * Add it to the head of the callback list. The membar ensures that 654 * the following list pointer manipulations reach global visibility 655 * in exactly the program order below. 656 */ 657 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 658 659 mcb_elem->mcb_nextp = *mcb_head; 660 membar_producer(); 661 *mcb_head = mcb_elem; 662 } 663 664 /* 665 * Mark the entry as logically deleted. If there aren't any walkers unlink 666 * from the list. In either case return the corresponding status. 667 */ 668 boolean_t 669 mac_callback_remove(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head, 670 mac_cb_t *mcb_elem) 671 { 672 mac_cb_t *p; 673 mac_cb_t **pp; 674 675 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 676 /* 677 * Search the callback list for the entry to be removed 678 */ 679 for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) { 680 if (p == mcb_elem) 681 break; 682 } 683 VERIFY(p != NULL); 684 685 /* 686 * If there are walkers just mark it as deleted and the last walker 687 * will remove from the list and free it. 688 */ 689 if (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt != 0) { 690 p->mcb_flags |= MCB_CONDEMNED; 691 mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt++; 692 return (B_FALSE); 693 } 694 695 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0); 696 *pp = p->mcb_nextp; 697 p->mcb_nextp = NULL; 698 return (B_TRUE); 699 } 700 701 /* 702 * Wait for all pending callback removals to be completed 703 */ 704 void 705 mac_callback_remove_wait(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi) 706 { 707 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 708 while (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0) { 709 DTRACE_PROBE1(need_wait, mac_cb_info_t *, mcbi); 710 cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 711 } 712 } 713 714 void 715 mac_callback_barrier(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi) 716 { 717 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 718 ASSERT3U(mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt, <, UINT_MAX); 719 720 if (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0) { 721 return; 722 } 723 724 mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt++; 725 do { 726 cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 727 } while (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt > 0); 728 mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt--; 729 cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv); 730 } 731 732 void 733 mac_callback_walker_enter(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi) 734 { 735 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 736 /* 737 * Incoming walkers should give precedence to timely clean-up of 738 * deleted callback entries and requested barriers. 739 */ 740 while (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt > 0 || mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt > 0) { 741 cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 742 } 743 mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt++; 744 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 745 } 746 747 /* 748 * The last mac callback walker does the cleanup. Walk the list and unlik 749 * all the logically deleted entries and construct a temporary list of 750 * removed entries. Return the list of removed entries to the caller. 751 */ 752 static mac_cb_t * 753 mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head) 754 { 755 mac_cb_t *p; 756 mac_cb_t **pp; 757 mac_cb_t *rmlist = NULL; /* List of removed elements */ 758 int cnt = 0; 759 760 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 761 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0); 762 763 pp = mcb_head; 764 while (*pp != NULL) { 765 if ((*pp)->mcb_flags & MCB_CONDEMNED) { 766 p = *pp; 767 *pp = p->mcb_nextp; 768 p->mcb_nextp = rmlist; 769 rmlist = p; 770 cnt++; 771 continue; 772 } 773 pp = &(*pp)->mcb_nextp; 774 } 775 776 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == cnt); 777 mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt = 0; 778 return (rmlist); 779 } 780 781 void 782 mac_callback_walker_exit(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **headp, 783 boolean_t is_promisc) 784 { 785 boolean_t do_wake = B_FALSE; 786 787 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 788 789 /* If walkers remain, nothing more can be done for now */ 790 if (--mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt != 0) { 791 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 792 return; 793 } 794 795 if (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0) { 796 mac_cb_t *rmlist; 797 798 rmlist = mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mcbi, headp); 799 800 if (!is_promisc) { 801 /* The "normal" non-promisc callback clean-up */ 802 mac_callback_free(rmlist); 803 } else { 804 mac_cb_t *mcb, *mcb_next; 805 806 /* 807 * The promisc callbacks are in 2 lists, one off the 808 * 'mip' and another off the 'mcip' threaded by 809 * mpi_mi_link and mpi_mci_link respectively. There 810 * is, however, only a single shared total walker 811 * count, and an entry cannot be physically unlinked if 812 * a walker is active on either list. The last walker 813 * does this cleanup of logically deleted entries. 814 * 815 * With a list of callbacks deleted from above from 816 * mi_promisc_list (headp), remove the corresponding 817 * entry from mci_promisc_list (headp_pair) and free 818 * the structure. 819 */ 820 for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) { 821 mac_promisc_impl_t *mpip; 822 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 823 824 mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp; 825 mpip = (mac_promisc_impl_t *)mcb->mcb_objp; 826 mcip = mpip->mpi_mcip; 827 828 ASSERT3P(&mcip->mci_mip->mi_promisc_cb_info, 829 ==, mcbi); 830 ASSERT3P(&mcip->mci_mip->mi_promisc_list, 831 ==, headp); 832 833 VERIFY(mac_callback_remove(mcbi, 834 &mcip->mci_promisc_list, 835 &mpip->mpi_mci_link)); 836 mcb->mcb_flags = 0; 837 mcb->mcb_nextp = NULL; 838 kmem_cache_free(mac_promisc_impl_cache, mpip); 839 } 840 } 841 842 /* 843 * Wake any walker threads that could be waiting in 844 * mac_callback_walker_enter() until deleted items have been 845 * cleaned from the list. 846 */ 847 do_wake = B_TRUE; 848 } 849 850 if (mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt != 0) { 851 /* 852 * One or more threads are waiting for all walkers to exit the 853 * callback list. Notify them, now that the list is clear. 854 */ 855 do_wake = B_TRUE; 856 } 857 858 if (do_wake) { 859 cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv); 860 } 861 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 862 } 863 864 static boolean_t 865 mac_callback_lookup(mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem) 866 { 867 mac_cb_t *mcb; 868 869 /* Verify it is not already in the list */ 870 for (mcb = *mcb_headp; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb->mcb_nextp) { 871 if (mcb == mcb_elem) 872 return (B_TRUE); 873 } 874 875 return (B_FALSE); 876 } 877 878 static boolean_t 879 mac_callback_find(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem) 880 { 881 boolean_t found; 882 883 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 884 found = mac_callback_lookup(mcb_headp, mcb_elem); 885 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 886 887 return (found); 888 } 889 890 /* Free the list of removed callbacks */ 891 void 892 mac_callback_free(mac_cb_t *rmlist) 893 { 894 mac_cb_t *mcb; 895 mac_cb_t *mcb_next; 896 897 for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) { 898 mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp; 899 kmem_free(mcb->mcb_objp, mcb->mcb_objsize); 900 } 901 } 902 903 void 904 i_mac_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_notify_type_t type) 905 { 906 mac_cb_info_t *mcbi; 907 908 /* 909 * Signal the notify thread even after mi_ref has become zero and 910 * mi_disabled is set. The synchronization with the notify thread 911 * happens in mac_unregister and that implies the driver must make 912 * sure it is single-threaded (with respect to mac calls) and that 913 * all pending mac calls have returned before it calls mac_unregister 914 */ 915 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER); 916 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) 917 goto exit; 918 919 /* 920 * Guard against incorrect notifications. (Running a newer 921 * mac client against an older implementation?) 922 */ 923 if (type >= MAC_NNOTE) 924 goto exit; 925 926 mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info; 927 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 928 mip->mi_notify_bits |= (1 << type); 929 cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv); 930 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 931 932 exit: 933 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 934 } 935 936 /* 937 * Mac serialization primitives. Please see the block comment at the 938 * top of the file. 939 */ 940 void 941 i_mac_perim_enter(mac_impl_t *mip) 942 { 943 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 944 945 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) { 946 /* 947 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what 948 * we want to serialize on. 949 */ 950 mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip); 951 mip = mcip->mci_mip; 952 } 953 954 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 955 if (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread) { 956 mip->mi_perim_ocnt++; 957 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 958 return; 959 } 960 961 while (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL) 962 cv_wait(&mip->mi_perim_cv, &mip->mi_perim_lock); 963 964 mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread; 965 ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0); 966 mip->mi_perim_ocnt++; 967 #ifdef DEBUG 968 mip->mi_perim_stack_depth = getpcstack(mip->mi_perim_stack, 969 MAC_PERIM_STACK_DEPTH); 970 #endif 971 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 972 } 973 974 int 975 i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mac_impl_t *mip) 976 { 977 /* 978 * The vnic is a special case, since the serialization is done based 979 * on the lower mac. If the lower mac is busy, it does not imply the 980 * vnic can't be unregistered. But in the case of other drivers, 981 * a busy perimeter or open mac handles implies that the mac is busy 982 * and can't be unregistered. 983 */ 984 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) { 985 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 986 return (0); 987 } 988 989 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 990 if (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL) { 991 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 992 return (EBUSY); 993 } 994 ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0); 995 mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread; 996 mip->mi_perim_ocnt++; 997 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 998 999 return (0); 1000 } 1001 1002 void 1003 i_mac_perim_exit(mac_impl_t *mip) 1004 { 1005 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 1006 1007 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) { 1008 /* 1009 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what 1010 * we want to serialize on. 1011 */ 1012 mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip); 1013 mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1014 } 1015 1016 ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread && mip->mi_perim_ocnt != 0); 1017 1018 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 1019 if (--mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0) { 1020 mip->mi_perim_owner = NULL; 1021 cv_signal(&mip->mi_perim_cv); 1022 } 1023 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 1024 } 1025 1026 /* 1027 * Returns whether the current thread holds the mac perimeter. Used in making 1028 * assertions. 1029 */ 1030 boolean_t 1031 mac_perim_held(mac_handle_t mh) 1032 { 1033 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1034 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 1035 1036 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) { 1037 /* 1038 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what 1039 * we want to serialize on. 1040 */ 1041 mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip); 1042 mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1043 } 1044 return (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread); 1045 } 1046 1047 /* 1048 * mac client interfaces to enter the mac perimeter of a mac end point, given 1049 * its mac handle, or macname or linkid. 1050 */ 1051 void 1052 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp) 1053 { 1054 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1055 1056 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 1057 /* 1058 * The mac_perim_handle_t returned encodes the 'mip' and whether a 1059 * mac_open has been done internally while entering the perimeter. 1060 * This information is used in mac_perim_exit 1061 */ 1062 MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mip, 0); 1063 } 1064 1065 int 1066 mac_perim_enter_by_macname(const char *name, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp) 1067 { 1068 int err; 1069 mac_handle_t mh; 1070 1071 if ((err = mac_open(name, &mh)) != 0) 1072 return (err); 1073 1074 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp); 1075 MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1); 1076 return (0); 1077 } 1078 1079 int 1080 mac_perim_enter_by_linkid(datalink_id_t linkid, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp) 1081 { 1082 int err; 1083 mac_handle_t mh; 1084 1085 if ((err = mac_open_by_linkid(linkid, &mh)) != 0) 1086 return (err); 1087 1088 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp); 1089 MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1); 1090 return (0); 1091 } 1092 1093 void 1094 mac_perim_exit(mac_perim_handle_t mph) 1095 { 1096 mac_impl_t *mip; 1097 boolean_t need_close; 1098 1099 MAC_DECODE_MPH(mph, mip, need_close); 1100 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 1101 if (need_close) 1102 mac_close((mac_handle_t)mip); 1103 } 1104 1105 int 1106 mac_hold(const char *macname, mac_impl_t **pmip) 1107 { 1108 mac_impl_t *mip; 1109 int err; 1110 1111 /* 1112 * Check the device name length to make sure it won't overflow our 1113 * buffer. 1114 */ 1115 if (strlen(macname) >= MAXNAMELEN) 1116 return (EINVAL); 1117 1118 /* 1119 * Look up its entry in the global hash table. 1120 */ 1121 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 1122 err = mod_hash_find(i_mac_impl_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)macname, 1123 (mod_hash_val_t *)&mip); 1124 1125 if (err != 0) { 1126 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1127 return (ENOENT); 1128 } 1129 1130 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) { 1131 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1132 return (ENOENT); 1133 } 1134 1135 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE_HELD) { 1136 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1137 return (EBUSY); 1138 } 1139 1140 mip->mi_ref++; 1141 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1142 1143 *pmip = mip; 1144 return (0); 1145 } 1146 1147 void 1148 mac_rele(mac_impl_t *mip) 1149 { 1150 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 1151 ASSERT(mip->mi_ref != 0); 1152 if (--mip->mi_ref == 0) { 1153 ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0 && 1154 !(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE)); 1155 } 1156 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1157 } 1158 1159 /* 1160 * Private GLDv3 function to start a MAC instance. 1161 */ 1162 int 1163 mac_start(mac_handle_t mh) 1164 { 1165 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1166 int err = 0; 1167 mac_group_t *defgrp; 1168 1169 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 1170 ASSERT(mip->mi_start != NULL); 1171 1172 /* 1173 * Check whether the device is already started. 1174 */ 1175 if (mip->mi_active++ == 0) { 1176 mac_ring_t *ring = NULL; 1177 1178 /* 1179 * Start the device. 1180 */ 1181 err = mip->mi_start(mip->mi_driver); 1182 if (err != 0) { 1183 mip->mi_active--; 1184 return (err); 1185 } 1186 1187 /* 1188 * Start the default tx ring. 1189 */ 1190 if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) { 1191 1192 ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring; 1193 if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) { 1194 err = mac_start_ring(ring); 1195 if (err != 0) { 1196 mip->mi_active--; 1197 return (err); 1198 } 1199 } 1200 } 1201 1202 if ((defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) { 1203 /* 1204 * Start the default group which is responsible 1205 * for receiving broadcast and multicast 1206 * traffic for both primary and non-primary 1207 * MAC clients. 1208 */ 1209 ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 1210 err = mac_start_group_and_rings(defgrp); 1211 if (err != 0) { 1212 mip->mi_active--; 1213 if ((ring != NULL) && 1214 (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE)) 1215 mac_stop_ring(ring); 1216 return (err); 1217 } 1218 mac_set_group_state(defgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED); 1219 } 1220 } 1221 1222 return (err); 1223 } 1224 1225 /* 1226 * Private GLDv3 function to stop a MAC instance. 1227 */ 1228 void 1229 mac_stop(mac_handle_t mh) 1230 { 1231 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1232 mac_group_t *grp; 1233 1234 ASSERT(mip->mi_stop != NULL); 1235 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 1236 1237 /* 1238 * Check whether the device is still needed. 1239 */ 1240 ASSERT(mip->mi_active != 0); 1241 if (--mip->mi_active == 0) { 1242 if ((grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) { 1243 /* 1244 * There should be no more active clients since the 1245 * MAC is being stopped. Stop the default RX group 1246 * and transition it back to registered state. 1247 * 1248 * When clients are torn down, the groups 1249 * are release via mac_release_rx_group which 1250 * knows the the default group is always in 1251 * started mode since broadcast uses it. So 1252 * we can assert that their are no clients 1253 * (since mac_bcast_add doesn't register itself 1254 * as a client) and group is in SHARED state. 1255 */ 1256 ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED); 1257 ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(grp) && 1258 mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0); 1259 mac_stop_group_and_rings(grp); 1260 mac_set_group_state(grp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 1261 } 1262 1263 if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) { 1264 mac_ring_t *ring; 1265 1266 ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring; 1267 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) { 1268 mac_stop_ring(ring); 1269 ring->mr_flag = 0; 1270 } 1271 } 1272 1273 /* 1274 * Stop the device. 1275 */ 1276 mip->mi_stop(mip->mi_driver); 1277 } 1278 } 1279 1280 int 1281 i_mac_promisc_set(mac_impl_t *mip, boolean_t on) 1282 { 1283 int err = 0; 1284 1285 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 1286 ASSERT(mip->mi_setpromisc != NULL); 1287 1288 if (on) { 1289 /* 1290 * Enable promiscuous mode on the device if not yet enabled. 1291 */ 1292 if (mip->mi_devpromisc++ == 0) { 1293 err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_TRUE); 1294 if (err != 0) { 1295 mip->mi_devpromisc--; 1296 return (err); 1297 } 1298 i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC); 1299 } 1300 } else { 1301 if (mip->mi_devpromisc == 0) 1302 return (EPROTO); 1303 1304 /* 1305 * Disable promiscuous mode on the device if this is the last 1306 * enabling. 1307 */ 1308 if (--mip->mi_devpromisc == 0) { 1309 err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_FALSE); 1310 if (err != 0) { 1311 mip->mi_devpromisc++; 1312 return (err); 1313 } 1314 i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC); 1315 } 1316 } 1317 1318 return (0); 1319 } 1320 1321 /* 1322 * The promiscuity state can change any time. If the caller needs to take 1323 * actions that are atomic with the promiscuity state, then the caller needs 1324 * to bracket the entire sequence with mac_perim_enter/exit 1325 */ 1326 boolean_t 1327 mac_promisc_get(mac_handle_t mh) 1328 { 1329 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1330 1331 /* 1332 * Return the current promiscuity. 1333 */ 1334 return (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0); 1335 } 1336 1337 /* 1338 * Invoked at MAC instance attach time to initialize the list 1339 * of factory MAC addresses supported by a MAC instance. This function 1340 * builds a local cache in the mac_impl_t for the MAC addresses 1341 * supported by the underlying hardware. The MAC clients themselves 1342 * use the mac_addr_factory*() functions to query and reserve 1343 * factory MAC addresses. 1344 */ 1345 void 1346 mac_addr_factory_init(mac_impl_t *mip) 1347 { 1348 mac_capab_multifactaddr_t capab; 1349 uint8_t *addr; 1350 int i; 1351 1352 /* 1353 * First round to see how many factory MAC addresses are available. 1354 */ 1355 bzero(&capab, sizeof (capab)); 1356 if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_MULTIFACTADDR, 1357 &capab) || (capab.mcm_naddr == 0)) { 1358 /* 1359 * The MAC instance doesn't support multiple factory 1360 * MAC addresses, we're done here. 1361 */ 1362 return; 1363 } 1364 1365 /* 1366 * Allocate the space and get all the factory addresses. 1367 */ 1368 addr = kmem_alloc(capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN, KM_SLEEP); 1369 capab.mcm_getaddr(mip->mi_driver, capab.mcm_naddr, addr); 1370 1371 mip->mi_factory_addr_num = capab.mcm_naddr; 1372 mip->mi_factory_addr = kmem_zalloc(mip->mi_factory_addr_num * 1373 sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t), KM_SLEEP); 1374 1375 for (i = 0; i < capab.mcm_naddr; i++) { 1376 bcopy(addr + i * MAXMACADDRLEN, 1377 mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_addr, 1378 mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length); 1379 mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE; 1380 } 1381 1382 kmem_free(addr, capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN); 1383 } 1384 1385 void 1386 mac_addr_factory_fini(mac_impl_t *mip) 1387 { 1388 if (mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL) { 1389 ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0); 1390 return; 1391 } 1392 1393 kmem_free(mip->mi_factory_addr, mip->mi_factory_addr_num * 1394 sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t)); 1395 1396 mip->mi_factory_addr = NULL; 1397 mip->mi_factory_addr_num = 0; 1398 } 1399 1400 /* 1401 * Reserve a factory MAC address. If *slot is set to -1, the function 1402 * attempts to reserve any of the available factory MAC addresses and 1403 * returns the reserved slot id. If no slots are available, the function 1404 * returns ENOSPC. If *slot is not set to -1, the function reserves 1405 * the specified slot if it is available, or returns EBUSY is the slot 1406 * is already used. Returns ENOTSUP if the underlying MAC does not 1407 * support multiple factory addresses. If the slot number is not -1 but 1408 * is invalid, returns EINVAL. 1409 */ 1410 int 1411 mac_addr_factory_reserve(mac_client_handle_t mch, int *slot) 1412 { 1413 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1414 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1415 int i, ret = 0; 1416 1417 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 1418 /* 1419 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent 1420 * view of the factory addresses 1421 */ 1422 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 1423 1424 if (mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0) { 1425 ret = ENOTSUP; 1426 goto bail; 1427 } 1428 1429 if (*slot != -1) { 1430 /* check the specified slot */ 1431 if (*slot < 1 || *slot > mip->mi_factory_addr_num) { 1432 ret = EINVAL; 1433 goto bail; 1434 } 1435 if (mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use) { 1436 ret = EBUSY; 1437 goto bail; 1438 } 1439 } else { 1440 /* pick the next available slot */ 1441 for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_factory_addr_num; i++) { 1442 if (!mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use) 1443 break; 1444 } 1445 1446 if (i == mip->mi_factory_addr_num) { 1447 ret = ENOSPC; 1448 goto bail; 1449 } 1450 *slot = i+1; 1451 } 1452 1453 mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_TRUE; 1454 mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_client = mcip; 1455 1456 bail: 1457 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 1458 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 1459 return (ret); 1460 } 1461 1462 /* 1463 * Release the specified factory MAC address slot. 1464 */ 1465 void 1466 mac_addr_factory_release(mac_client_handle_t mch, uint_t slot) 1467 { 1468 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1469 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1470 1471 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 1472 /* 1473 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent 1474 * view of the factory addresses 1475 */ 1476 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 1477 1478 ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num); 1479 ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use); 1480 1481 mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE; 1482 1483 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 1484 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 1485 } 1486 1487 /* 1488 * Stores in mac_addr the value of the specified MAC address. Returns 1489 * 0 on success, or EINVAL if the slot number is not valid for the MAC. 1490 * The caller must provide a string of at least MAXNAMELEN bytes. 1491 */ 1492 void 1493 mac_addr_factory_value(mac_handle_t mh, int slot, uchar_t *mac_addr, 1494 uint_t *addr_len, char *client_name, boolean_t *in_use_arg) 1495 { 1496 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1497 boolean_t in_use; 1498 1499 ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num); 1500 1501 /* 1502 * Readers need to hold mi_rw_lock. Writers need to hold mac perimeter 1503 * and mi_rw_lock 1504 */ 1505 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER); 1506 bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_addr, mac_addr, MAXMACADDRLEN); 1507 *addr_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length; 1508 in_use = mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use; 1509 if (in_use && client_name != NULL) { 1510 bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_client->mci_name, 1511 client_name, MAXNAMELEN); 1512 } 1513 if (in_use_arg != NULL) 1514 *in_use_arg = in_use; 1515 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 1516 } 1517 1518 /* 1519 * Returns the number of factory MAC addresses (in addition to the 1520 * primary MAC address), 0 if the underlying MAC doesn't support 1521 * that feature. 1522 */ 1523 uint_t 1524 mac_addr_factory_num(mac_handle_t mh) 1525 { 1526 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1527 1528 return (mip->mi_factory_addr_num); 1529 } 1530 1531 1532 void 1533 mac_rx_group_unmark(mac_group_t *grp, uint_t flag) 1534 { 1535 mac_ring_t *ring; 1536 1537 for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) 1538 ring->mr_flag &= ~flag; 1539 } 1540 1541 /* 1542 * The following mac_hwrings_xxx() functions are private mac client functions 1543 * used by the aggr driver to access and control the underlying HW Rx group 1544 * and rings. In this case, the aggr driver has exclusive control of the 1545 * underlying HW Rx group/rings, it calls the following functions to 1546 * start/stop the HW Rx rings, disable/enable polling, add/remove MAC 1547 * addresses, or set up the Rx callback. 1548 */ 1549 /* ARGSUSED */ 1550 static void 1551 mac_hwrings_rx_process(void *arg, mac_resource_handle_t srs, 1552 mblk_t *mp_chain, boolean_t loopback) 1553 { 1554 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)srs; 1555 mac_srs_rx_t *srs_rx = &mac_srs->srs_rx; 1556 mac_direct_rx_t proc; 1557 void *arg1; 1558 mac_resource_handle_t arg2; 1559 1560 proc = srs_rx->sr_func; 1561 arg1 = srs_rx->sr_arg1; 1562 arg2 = mac_srs->srs_mrh; 1563 1564 proc(arg1, arg2, mp_chain, NULL); 1565 } 1566 1567 /* 1568 * This function is called to get the list of HW rings that are reserved by 1569 * an exclusive mac client. 1570 * 1571 * Return value: the number of HW rings. 1572 */ 1573 int 1574 mac_hwrings_get(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_group_handle_t *hwgh, 1575 mac_ring_handle_t *hwrh, mac_ring_type_t rtype) 1576 { 1577 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1578 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 1579 mac_group_t *grp; 1580 mac_ring_t *ring; 1581 int cnt = 0; 1582 1583 if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 1584 grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group; 1585 } else if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) { 1586 grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group; 1587 } else { 1588 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 1589 return (-1); 1590 } 1591 1592 /* 1593 * The MAC client did not reserve an Rx group, return directly. 1594 * This is probably because the underlying MAC does not support 1595 * any groups. 1596 */ 1597 if (hwgh != NULL) 1598 *hwgh = NULL; 1599 if (grp == NULL) 1600 return (0); 1601 /* 1602 * This group must be reserved by this MAC client. 1603 */ 1604 ASSERT((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) && 1605 (mcip == MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp))); 1606 1607 for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next, cnt++) { 1608 ASSERT(cnt < MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP); 1609 hwrh[cnt] = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring; 1610 } 1611 if (hwgh != NULL) 1612 *hwgh = (mac_group_handle_t)grp; 1613 1614 return (cnt); 1615 } 1616 1617 /* 1618 * Get the HW ring handles of the given group index. If the MAC 1619 * doesn't have a group at this index, or any groups at all, then 0 is 1620 * returned and hwgh is set to NULL. This is a private client API. The 1621 * MAC perimeter must be held when calling this function. 1622 * 1623 * mh: A handle to the MAC that owns the group. 1624 * 1625 * idx: The index of the HW group to be read. 1626 * 1627 * hwgh: If non-NULL, contains a handle to the HW group on return. 1628 * 1629 * hwrh: An array of ring handles pointing to the HW rings in the 1630 * group. The array must be large enough to hold a handle to each ring 1631 * in the group. To be safe, this array should be of size MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP. 1632 * 1633 * rtype: Used to determine if we are fetching Rx or Tx rings. 1634 * 1635 * Returns the number of rings in the group. 1636 */ 1637 uint_t 1638 mac_hwrings_idx_get(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t idx, mac_group_handle_t *hwgh, 1639 mac_ring_handle_t *hwrh, mac_ring_type_t rtype) 1640 { 1641 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1642 mac_group_t *grp; 1643 mac_ring_t *ring; 1644 uint_t cnt = 0; 1645 1646 /* 1647 * The MAC perimeter must be held when accessing the 1648 * mi_{rx,tx}_groups fields. 1649 */ 1650 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 1651 ASSERT(rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX || rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX); 1652 1653 if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 1654 grp = mip->mi_rx_groups; 1655 } else { 1656 ASSERT(rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX); 1657 grp = mip->mi_tx_groups; 1658 } 1659 1660 while (grp != NULL && grp->mrg_index != idx) 1661 grp = grp->mrg_next; 1662 1663 /* 1664 * If the MAC doesn't have a group at this index or doesn't 1665 * impelement RINGS capab, then set hwgh to NULL and return 0. 1666 */ 1667 if (hwgh != NULL) 1668 *hwgh = NULL; 1669 1670 if (grp == NULL) 1671 return (0); 1672 1673 ASSERT3U(idx, ==, grp->mrg_index); 1674 1675 for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next, cnt++) { 1676 ASSERT3U(cnt, <, MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP); 1677 hwrh[cnt] = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring; 1678 } 1679 1680 /* A group should always have at least one ring. */ 1681 ASSERT3U(cnt, >, 0); 1682 1683 if (hwgh != NULL) 1684 *hwgh = (mac_group_handle_t)grp; 1685 1686 return (cnt); 1687 } 1688 1689 /* 1690 * This function is called to get info about Tx/Rx rings. 1691 * 1692 * Return value: returns uint_t which will have various bits set 1693 * that indicates different properties of the ring. 1694 */ 1695 uint_t 1696 mac_hwring_getinfo(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1697 { 1698 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1699 mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info; 1700 1701 return (info->mri_flags); 1702 } 1703 1704 /* 1705 * Set the passthru callback on the hardware ring. 1706 */ 1707 void 1708 mac_hwring_set_passthru(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh, mac_rx_t fn, void *arg1, 1709 mac_resource_handle_t arg2) 1710 { 1711 mac_ring_t *hwring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh; 1712 1713 ASSERT3S(hwring->mr_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 1714 1715 hwring->mr_classify_type = MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER; 1716 1717 hwring->mr_pt_fn = fn; 1718 hwring->mr_pt_arg1 = arg1; 1719 hwring->mr_pt_arg2 = arg2; 1720 } 1721 1722 /* 1723 * Clear the passthru callback on the hardware ring. 1724 */ 1725 void 1726 mac_hwring_clear_passthru(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh) 1727 { 1728 mac_ring_t *hwring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh; 1729 1730 ASSERT3S(hwring->mr_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 1731 1732 hwring->mr_classify_type = MAC_NO_CLASSIFIER; 1733 1734 hwring->mr_pt_fn = NULL; 1735 hwring->mr_pt_arg1 = NULL; 1736 hwring->mr_pt_arg2 = NULL; 1737 } 1738 1739 void 1740 mac_client_set_flow_cb(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_rx_t func, void *arg1) 1741 { 1742 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1743 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 1744 1745 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 1746 flent->fe_cb_fn = (flow_fn_t)func; 1747 flent->fe_cb_arg1 = arg1; 1748 flent->fe_cb_arg2 = NULL; 1749 flent->fe_flags &= ~FE_MC_NO_DATAPATH; 1750 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 1751 } 1752 1753 void 1754 mac_client_clear_flow_cb(mac_client_handle_t mch) 1755 { 1756 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1757 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 1758 1759 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 1760 flent->fe_cb_fn = (flow_fn_t)mac_rx_def; 1761 flent->fe_cb_arg1 = NULL; 1762 flent->fe_cb_arg2 = NULL; 1763 flent->fe_flags |= FE_MC_NO_DATAPATH; 1764 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 1765 } 1766 1767 /* 1768 * Export ddi interrupt handles from the HW ring to the pseudo ring and 1769 * setup the RX callback of the mac client which exclusively controls 1770 * HW ring. 1771 */ 1772 void 1773 mac_hwring_setup(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh, mac_resource_handle_t prh, 1774 mac_ring_handle_t pseudo_rh) 1775 { 1776 mac_ring_t *hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh; 1777 mac_ring_t *pseudo_ring; 1778 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs; 1779 1780 if (pseudo_rh != NULL) { 1781 pseudo_ring = (mac_ring_t *)pseudo_rh; 1782 /* Export the ddi handles to pseudo ring */ 1783 pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle = 1784 hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle; 1785 pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 1786 hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared; 1787 /* 1788 * Save a pointer to pseudo ring in the hw ring. If 1789 * interrupt handle changes, the hw ring will be 1790 * notified of the change (see mac_ring_intr_set()) 1791 * and the appropriate change has to be made to 1792 * the pseudo ring that has exported the ddi handle. 1793 */ 1794 hw_ring->mr_prh = pseudo_rh; 1795 } 1796 1797 if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 1798 ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX)); 1799 mac_srs->srs_mrh = prh; 1800 mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_hwrings_rx_process; 1801 } 1802 } 1803 1804 void 1805 mac_hwring_teardown(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh) 1806 { 1807 mac_ring_t *hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh; 1808 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 1809 1810 if (hw_ring == NULL) 1811 return; 1812 hw_ring->mr_prh = NULL; 1813 if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 1814 mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs; 1815 ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX)); 1816 mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_rx_srs_process; 1817 mac_srs->srs_mrh = NULL; 1818 } 1819 } 1820 1821 int 1822 mac_hwring_disable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1823 { 1824 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1825 mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr; 1826 1827 return (intr->mi_disable(intr->mi_handle)); 1828 } 1829 1830 int 1831 mac_hwring_enable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1832 { 1833 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1834 mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr; 1835 1836 return (intr->mi_enable(intr->mi_handle)); 1837 } 1838 1839 /* 1840 * Start the HW ring pointed to by rh. 1841 * 1842 * This is used by special MAC clients that are MAC themselves and 1843 * need to exert control over the underlying HW rings of the NIC. 1844 */ 1845 int 1846 mac_hwring_start(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1847 { 1848 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1849 int rv = 0; 1850 1851 if (rr_ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) 1852 rv = mac_start_ring(rr_ring); 1853 1854 return (rv); 1855 } 1856 1857 /* 1858 * Stop the HW ring pointed to by rh. Also see mac_hwring_start(). 1859 */ 1860 void 1861 mac_hwring_stop(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1862 { 1863 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1864 1865 if (rr_ring->mr_state != MR_FREE) 1866 mac_stop_ring(rr_ring); 1867 } 1868 1869 /* 1870 * Remove the quiesced flag from the HW ring pointed to by rh. 1871 * 1872 * This is used by special MAC clients that are MAC themselves and 1873 * need to exert control over the underlying HW rings of the NIC. 1874 */ 1875 int 1876 mac_hwring_activate(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1877 { 1878 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1879 1880 MAC_RING_UNMARK(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE); 1881 return (0); 1882 } 1883 1884 /* 1885 * Quiesce the HW ring pointed to by rh. Also see mac_hwring_activate(). 1886 */ 1887 void 1888 mac_hwring_quiesce(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1889 { 1890 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1891 1892 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE); 1893 } 1894 1895 mblk_t * 1896 mac_hwring_poll(mac_ring_handle_t rh, int bytes_to_pickup) 1897 { 1898 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1899 mac_ring_info_t *info = &rr_ring->mr_info; 1900 1901 return (info->mri_poll(info->mri_driver, bytes_to_pickup)); 1902 } 1903 1904 /* 1905 * Send packets through a selected tx ring. 1906 */ 1907 mblk_t * 1908 mac_hwring_tx(mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp) 1909 { 1910 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1911 mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info; 1912 1913 ASSERT(ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX && 1914 ring->mr_state >= MR_INUSE); 1915 return (info->mri_tx(info->mri_driver, mp)); 1916 } 1917 1918 /* 1919 * Query stats for a particular rx/tx ring 1920 */ 1921 int 1922 mac_hwring_getstat(mac_ring_handle_t rh, uint_t stat, uint64_t *val) 1923 { 1924 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1925 mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info; 1926 1927 return (info->mri_stat(info->mri_driver, stat, val)); 1928 } 1929 1930 /* 1931 * Private function that is only used by aggr to send packets through 1932 * a port/Tx ring. Since aggr exposes a pseudo Tx ring even for ports 1933 * that does not expose Tx rings, aggr_ring_tx() entry point needs 1934 * access to mac_impl_t to send packets through m_tx() entry point. 1935 * It accomplishes this by calling mac_hwring_send_priv() function. 1936 */ 1937 mblk_t * 1938 mac_hwring_send_priv(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp) 1939 { 1940 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1941 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1942 1943 return (mac_provider_tx(mip, rh, mp, mcip)); 1944 } 1945 1946 /* 1947 * Private function that is only used by aggr to update the default transmission 1948 * ring. Because aggr exposes a pseudo Tx ring even for ports that may 1949 * temporarily be down, it may need to update the default ring that is used by 1950 * MAC such that it refers to a link that can actively be used to send traffic. 1951 * Note that this is different from the case where the port has been removed 1952 * from the group. In those cases, all of the rings will be torn down because 1953 * the ring will no longer exist. It's important to give aggr a case where the 1954 * rings can still exist such that it may be able to continue to send LACP PDUs 1955 * to potentially restore the link. 1956 */ 1957 void 1958 mac_hwring_set_default(mac_handle_t mh, mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1959 { 1960 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1961 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1962 1963 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 1964 VERIFY(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR); 1965 1966 /* 1967 * We used to condition this assignment on the ring's 1968 * 'mr_state' being one of 'MR_INUSE'. However, there are 1969 * cases where this is called before the ring has any active 1970 * clients, and therefore is not marked as in use. Since the 1971 * sole purpose of this function is for aggr to make sure 1972 * 'mi_default_tx_ring' matches 'lg_tx_ports[0]', its 1973 * imperative that we update its value regardless of ring 1974 * state. Otherwise, we can end up in a state where 1975 * 'mi_default_tx_ring' points to a pseudo ring of a downed 1976 * port, even when 'lg_tx_ports[0]' points to a port that is 1977 * up. 1978 */ 1979 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = rh; 1980 } 1981 1982 int 1983 mac_hwgroup_addmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr) 1984 { 1985 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 1986 1987 return (mac_group_addmac(group, addr)); 1988 } 1989 1990 int 1991 mac_hwgroup_remmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr) 1992 { 1993 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 1994 1995 return (mac_group_remmac(group, addr)); 1996 } 1997 1998 /* 1999 * Program the group's HW VLAN filter if it has such support. 2000 * Otherwise, the group will implicitly accept tagged traffic and 2001 * there is nothing to do. 2002 */ 2003 int 2004 mac_hwgroup_addvlan(mac_group_handle_t gh, uint16_t vid) 2005 { 2006 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 2007 2008 if (!MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group)) 2009 return (0); 2010 2011 return (mac_group_addvlan(group, vid)); 2012 } 2013 2014 int 2015 mac_hwgroup_remvlan(mac_group_handle_t gh, uint16_t vid) 2016 { 2017 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 2018 2019 if (!MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group)) 2020 return (0); 2021 2022 return (mac_group_remvlan(group, vid)); 2023 } 2024 2025 /* 2026 * Determine if a MAC has HW VLAN support. This is a private API 2027 * consumed by aggr. In the future it might be nice to have a bitfield 2028 * in mac_capab_rings_t to track which forms of HW filtering are 2029 * supported by the MAC. 2030 */ 2031 boolean_t 2032 mac_has_hw_vlan(mac_handle_t mh) 2033 { 2034 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2035 2036 return (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(mip->mi_rx_groups)); 2037 } 2038 2039 /* 2040 * Get the number of Rx HW groups on this MAC. 2041 */ 2042 uint_t 2043 mac_get_num_rx_groups(mac_handle_t mh) 2044 { 2045 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2046 2047 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 2048 return (mip->mi_rx_group_count); 2049 } 2050 2051 int 2052 mac_set_promisc(mac_handle_t mh, boolean_t value) 2053 { 2054 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2055 2056 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 2057 return (i_mac_promisc_set(mip, value)); 2058 } 2059 2060 /* 2061 * Set the RX group to be shared/reserved. Note that the group must be 2062 * started/stopped outside of this function. 2063 */ 2064 void 2065 mac_set_group_state(mac_group_t *grp, mac_group_state_t state) 2066 { 2067 /* 2068 * If there is no change in the group state, just return. 2069 */ 2070 if (grp->mrg_state == state) 2071 return; 2072 2073 switch (state) { 2074 case MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED: 2075 /* 2076 * Successfully reserved the group. 2077 * 2078 * Given that there is an exclusive client controlling this 2079 * group, we enable the group level polling when available, 2080 * so that SRSs get to turn on/off individual rings they's 2081 * assigned to. 2082 */ 2083 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh)); 2084 2085 if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 2086 GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) { 2087 GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp)); 2088 } 2089 break; 2090 2091 case MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED: 2092 /* 2093 * Set all rings of this group to software classified. 2094 * If the group has an overriding interrupt, then re-enable it. 2095 */ 2096 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh)); 2097 2098 if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 2099 GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) { 2100 GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp)); 2101 } 2102 /* The ring is not available for reservations any more */ 2103 break; 2104 2105 case MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED: 2106 /* Also callable from mac_register, perim is not held */ 2107 break; 2108 2109 default: 2110 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 2111 break; 2112 } 2113 2114 grp->mrg_state = state; 2115 } 2116 2117 /* 2118 * Quiesce future hardware classified packets for the specified Rx ring 2119 */ 2120 static void 2121 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *rx_ring, uint_t ring_flag) 2122 { 2123 ASSERT(rx_ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER); 2124 ASSERT(ring_flag == MR_CONDEMNED || ring_flag == MR_QUIESCE); 2125 2126 mutex_enter(&rx_ring->mr_lock); 2127 rx_ring->mr_flag |= ring_flag; 2128 while (rx_ring->mr_refcnt != 0) 2129 cv_wait(&rx_ring->mr_cv, &rx_ring->mr_lock); 2130 mutex_exit(&rx_ring->mr_lock); 2131 } 2132 2133 /* 2134 * Please see mac_tx for details about the per cpu locking scheme 2135 */ 2136 static void 2137 mac_tx_lock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2138 { 2139 int i; 2140 2141 for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++) 2142 mutex_enter(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock); 2143 } 2144 2145 static void 2146 mac_tx_unlock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2147 { 2148 int i; 2149 2150 for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i >= 0; i--) 2151 mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock); 2152 } 2153 2154 static void 2155 mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2156 { 2157 int i; 2158 2159 for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i > 0; i--) 2160 mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock); 2161 } 2162 2163 static int 2164 mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2165 { 2166 int i; 2167 int refcnt = 0; 2168 2169 for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++) 2170 refcnt += mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_refcnt; 2171 2172 return (refcnt); 2173 } 2174 2175 /* 2176 * Stop future Tx packets coming down from the client in preparation for 2177 * quiescing the Tx side. This is needed for dynamic reclaim and reassignment 2178 * of rings between clients 2179 */ 2180 void 2181 mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2182 { 2183 mac_tx_lock_all(mcip); 2184 mcip->mci_tx_flag |= MCI_TX_QUIESCE; 2185 while (mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mcip) != 0) { 2186 mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mcip); 2187 cv_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_cv, &mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock); 2188 mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock); 2189 mac_tx_lock_all(mcip); 2190 } 2191 mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip); 2192 } 2193 2194 void 2195 mac_tx_client_unblock(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2196 { 2197 mac_tx_lock_all(mcip); 2198 mcip->mci_tx_flag &= ~MCI_TX_QUIESCE; 2199 mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip); 2200 /* 2201 * We may fail to disable flow control for the last MAC_NOTE_TX 2202 * notification because the MAC client is quiesced. Send the 2203 * notification again. 2204 */ 2205 i_mac_notify(mcip->mci_mip, MAC_NOTE_TX); 2206 } 2207 2208 /* 2209 * Wait for an SRS to quiesce. The SRS worker will signal us when the 2210 * quiesce is done. 2211 */ 2212 static void 2213 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, 2214 const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_flag) 2215 { 2216 mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock); 2217 while (!(srs->srs_state & srs_flag)) 2218 cv_wait(&srs->srs_quiesce_done_cv, &srs->srs_lock); 2219 mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock); 2220 } 2221 2222 /* 2223 * Quiescing an Rx SRS is achieved by the following sequence. The protocol 2224 * works bottom up by cutting off packet flow from the bottommost point in the 2225 * mac, then the SRS, and then the soft rings. There are 2 use cases of this 2226 * mechanism. One is a temporary quiesce of the SRS, such as say while changing 2227 * the Rx callbacks. Another use case is Rx SRS teardown. In the former case 2228 * the QUIESCE prefix/suffix is used and in the latter the CONDEMNED is used 2229 * for the SRS and MR flags. In the former case the threads pause waiting for 2230 * a restart, while in the latter case the threads exit. The Tx SRS teardown 2231 * is also mostly similar to the above. 2232 * 2233 * 1. Stop future hardware classified packets at the lowest level in the mac. 2234 * Remove any hardware classification rule (CONDEMNED case) and mark the 2235 * rings as CONDEMNED or QUIESCE as appropriate. This prevents the mr_refcnt 2236 * from increasing. Upcalls from the driver that come through hardware 2237 * classification will be dropped in mac_rx from now on. Then we wait for 2238 * the mr_refcnt to drop to zero. When the mr_refcnt reaches zero we are 2239 * sure there aren't any upcall threads from the driver through hardware 2240 * classification. In the case of SRS teardown we also remove the 2241 * classification rule in the driver. 2242 * 2243 * 2. Stop future software classified packets by marking the flow entry with 2244 * FE_QUIESCE or FE_CONDEMNED as appropriate which prevents the refcnt from 2245 * increasing. We also remove the flow entry from the table in the latter 2246 * case. Then wait for the fe_refcnt to reach an appropriate quiescent value 2247 * that indicates there aren't any active threads using that flow entry. 2248 * 2249 * 3. Quiesce the SRS and softrings by signaling the SRS. The SRS poll thread, 2250 * SRS worker thread, and the soft ring threads are quiesced in sequence 2251 * with the SRS worker thread serving as a master controller. This 2252 * mechansim is explained in mac_srs_worker_quiesce(). 2253 * 2254 * The restart mechanism to reactivate the SRS and softrings is explained 2255 * in mac_srs_worker_restart(). Here we just signal the SRS worker to start the 2256 * restart sequence. 2257 */ 2258 void 2259 mac_rx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, 2260 const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag) 2261 { 2262 flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent; 2263 uint_t mr_flag; 2264 mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_done_flag; 2265 2266 VERIFY(mac_perim_held((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent))); 2267 VERIFY0(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX); 2268 2269 if (srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED) { 2270 mr_flag = MR_CONDEMNED; 2271 srs_done_flag = SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE; 2272 2273 if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_V4) { 2274 mac_srs_client_poll_disable(srs->srs_mcip, srs, 2275 B_FALSE); 2276 } 2277 2278 if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_V6) { 2279 mac_srs_client_poll_disable(srs->srs_mcip, srs, 2280 B_TRUE); 2281 } 2282 } else { 2283 VERIFY3U(srs_quiesce_flag, ==, SRS_QUIESCE); 2284 mr_flag = MR_QUIESCE; 2285 srs_done_flag = SRS_QUIESCE_DONE; 2286 mac_srs_client_poll_quiesce(srs->srs_mcip, srs); 2287 } 2288 2289 if (srs->srs_ring != NULL) { 2290 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(srs->srs_ring, mr_flag); 2291 } else { 2292 /* 2293 * SRS is driven by software classification. In case 2294 * of CONDEMNED, the top level teardown functions will 2295 * deal with flow removal. 2296 */ 2297 if (srs_quiesce_flag != SRS_CONDEMNED) { 2298 FLOW_MARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE); 2299 mac_flow_wait(flent, FLOW_DRIVER_UPCALL); 2300 } 2301 } 2302 2303 /* 2304 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the 2305 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us 2306 * up when the quiesce is complete 2307 */ 2308 mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag); 2309 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_done_flag); 2310 } 2311 2312 /* 2313 * Remove an SRS. 2314 */ 2315 void 2316 mac_rx_srs_remove(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs) 2317 { 2318 flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent; 2319 int i; 2320 2321 mac_rx_srs_quiesce(srs, SRS_CONDEMNED); 2322 /* 2323 * Locate and remove our entry in the fe_rx_srs[] array, and 2324 * adjust the fe_rx_srs array entries and array count by 2325 * moving the last entry into the vacated spot. 2326 */ 2327 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 2328 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 2329 if (flent->fe_rx_srs[i] == srs) 2330 break; 2331 } 2332 2333 ASSERT(i != 0 && i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt); 2334 if (i != flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1) { 2335 flent->fe_rx_srs[i] = 2336 flent->fe_rx_srs[flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1]; 2337 i = flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1; 2338 } 2339 2340 flent->fe_rx_srs[i] = NULL; 2341 flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt--; 2342 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 2343 2344 mac_srs_free(srs); 2345 } 2346 2347 static void 2348 mac_srs_clear_flag(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, 2349 const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t flag) 2350 { 2351 mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock); 2352 srs->srs_state &= ~flag; 2353 mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock); 2354 } 2355 2356 void 2357 mac_rx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs) 2358 { 2359 flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent; 2360 mac_ring_t *mr; 2361 2362 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent))); 2363 ASSERT((srs->srs_type & SRST_TX) == 0); 2364 2365 /* 2366 * This handles a change in the number of SRSs between the quiesce and 2367 * and restart operation of a flow. 2368 */ 2369 if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs)) 2370 return; 2371 2372 /* 2373 * Signal the SRS to restart itself. Wait for the restart to complete 2374 * Note that we only restart the SRS if it is not marked as 2375 * permanently quiesced. 2376 */ 2377 if (!SRS_QUIESCED_PERMANENT(srs)) { 2378 mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART); 2379 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE); 2380 mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE); 2381 2382 mac_srs_client_poll_restart(srs->srs_mcip, srs); 2383 } 2384 2385 /* Finally clear the flags to let the packets in */ 2386 mr = srs->srs_ring; 2387 if (mr != NULL) { 2388 MAC_RING_UNMARK(mr, MR_QUIESCE); 2389 /* In case the ring was stopped, safely restart it */ 2390 if (mr->mr_state != MR_INUSE) 2391 (void) mac_start_ring(mr); 2392 } else { 2393 FLOW_UNMARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE); 2394 } 2395 } 2396 2397 /* 2398 * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS. 2399 * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem. 2400 */ 2401 /* ARGSUSED */ 2402 int 2403 mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2404 { 2405 int i; 2406 2407 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 2408 mac_rx_srs_quiesce((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i], 2409 SRS_QUIESCE); 2410 } 2411 return (0); 2412 } 2413 2414 /* 2415 * Restart a flow and associated Rx SRS that has been quiesced temporarily 2416 * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem 2417 */ 2418 /* ARGSUSED */ 2419 int 2420 mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2421 { 2422 int i; 2423 2424 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) 2425 mac_rx_srs_restart((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]); 2426 2427 return (0); 2428 } 2429 2430 void 2431 mac_srs_perm_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, boolean_t on) 2432 { 2433 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2434 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 2435 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 2436 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 2437 int i; 2438 2439 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 2440 2441 if (flent == NULL) 2442 return; 2443 2444 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 2445 mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[i]; 2446 mutex_enter(&mac_srs->srs_lock); 2447 if (on) 2448 mac_srs->srs_state |= SRS_QUIESCE_PERM; 2449 else 2450 mac_srs->srs_state &= ~SRS_QUIESCE_PERM; 2451 mutex_exit(&mac_srs->srs_lock); 2452 } 2453 } 2454 2455 void 2456 mac_rx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2457 { 2458 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2459 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 2460 2461 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 2462 2463 if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) { 2464 (void) mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(mcip->mci_flent, 2465 NULL); 2466 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab, 2467 mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce, NULL); 2468 } 2469 } 2470 2471 void 2472 mac_rx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2473 { 2474 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2475 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 2476 2477 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 2478 2479 if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) { 2480 (void) mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(mcip->mci_flent, NULL); 2481 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab, 2482 mac_rx_classify_flow_restart, NULL); 2483 } 2484 } 2485 2486 /* 2487 * This function only quiesces the Tx SRS and softring worker threads. Callers 2488 * need to make sure that there aren't any mac client threads doing current or 2489 * future transmits in the mac before calling this function. 2490 */ 2491 void 2492 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, 2493 const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag) 2494 { 2495 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = srs->srs_mcip; 2496 2497 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 2498 2499 ASSERT(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX); 2500 ASSERT(srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED || 2501 srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE); 2502 2503 /* 2504 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the 2505 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us 2506 * up when the quiesce is complete 2507 */ 2508 mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag); 2509 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE ? 2510 SRS_QUIESCE_DONE : SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE); 2511 } 2512 2513 void 2514 mac_tx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs) 2515 { 2516 /* 2517 * Resizing the fanout could result in creation of new SRSs. 2518 * They may not necessarily be in the quiesced state in which 2519 * case it need be restarted 2520 */ 2521 if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs)) 2522 return; 2523 2524 mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART); 2525 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE); 2526 mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE); 2527 } 2528 2529 /* 2530 * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS. 2531 * Please see block comment above mac_rx_srs_quiesce 2532 */ 2533 /* ARGSUSED */ 2534 int 2535 mac_tx_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2536 { 2537 /* 2538 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is 2539 * not plumbed 2540 */ 2541 if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL) 2542 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(flent->fe_tx_srs, SRS_QUIESCE); 2543 return (0); 2544 } 2545 2546 /* ARGSUSED */ 2547 int 2548 mac_tx_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2549 { 2550 /* 2551 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is 2552 * not plumbed 2553 */ 2554 if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL) 2555 mac_tx_srs_restart(flent->fe_tx_srs); 2556 return (0); 2557 } 2558 2559 static void 2560 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, 2561 const mac_soft_ring_set_state_t srs_quiesce_flag) 2562 { 2563 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2564 2565 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 2566 2567 mac_tx_client_block(mcip); 2568 if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) { 2569 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip), srs_quiesce_flag); 2570 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab, 2571 mac_tx_flow_quiesce, NULL); 2572 } 2573 } 2574 2575 void 2576 mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2577 { 2578 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_QUIESCE); 2579 } 2580 2581 void 2582 mac_tx_client_condemn(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2583 { 2584 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_CONDEMNED); 2585 } 2586 2587 void 2588 mac_tx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2589 { 2590 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2591 2592 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 2593 2594 mac_tx_client_unblock(mcip); 2595 if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) { 2596 mac_tx_srs_restart(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip)); 2597 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab, 2598 mac_tx_flow_restart, NULL); 2599 } 2600 } 2601 2602 void 2603 mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2604 { 2605 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 2606 2607 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2608 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2609 } 2610 2611 void 2612 mac_client_quiesce(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2613 { 2614 mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2615 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2616 } 2617 2618 void 2619 mac_client_restart(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2620 { 2621 mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2622 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2623 } 2624 2625 /* 2626 * Allocate a minor number. 2627 */ 2628 minor_t 2629 mac_minor_hold(boolean_t sleep) 2630 { 2631 id_t id; 2632 2633 /* 2634 * Grab a value from the arena. 2635 */ 2636 atomic_inc_32(&minor_count); 2637 2638 if (sleep) 2639 return ((uint_t)id_alloc(minor_ids)); 2640 2641 if ((id = id_alloc_nosleep(minor_ids)) == -1) { 2642 atomic_dec_32(&minor_count); 2643 return (0); 2644 } 2645 2646 return ((uint_t)id); 2647 } 2648 2649 /* 2650 * Release a previously allocated minor number. 2651 */ 2652 void 2653 mac_minor_rele(minor_t minor) 2654 { 2655 /* 2656 * Return the value to the arena. 2657 */ 2658 id_free(minor_ids, minor); 2659 atomic_dec_32(&minor_count); 2660 } 2661 2662 uint32_t 2663 mac_no_notification(mac_handle_t mh) 2664 { 2665 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2666 2667 return (((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) != 0) ? 2668 mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_unsup_note : 0); 2669 } 2670 2671 /* 2672 * Prevent any new opens of this mac in preparation for unregister 2673 */ 2674 int 2675 i_mac_disable(mac_impl_t *mip) 2676 { 2677 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 2678 2679 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 2680 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) { 2681 /* Already disabled, return success */ 2682 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2683 return (0); 2684 } 2685 /* 2686 * See if there are any other references to this mac_t (e.g., VLAN's). 2687 * If so return failure. If all the other checks below pass, then 2688 * set mi_disabled atomically under the i_mac_impl_lock to prevent 2689 * any new VLAN's from being created or new mac client opens of this 2690 * mac end point. 2691 */ 2692 if (mip->mi_ref > 0) { 2693 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2694 return (EBUSY); 2695 } 2696 2697 /* 2698 * mac clients must delete all multicast groups they join before 2699 * closing. bcast groups are reference counted, the last client 2700 * to delete the group will wait till the group is physically 2701 * deleted. Since all clients have closed this mac end point 2702 * mi_bcast_ngrps must be zero at this point 2703 */ 2704 ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0); 2705 2706 /* 2707 * Don't let go of this if it has some flows. 2708 * All other code guarantees no flows are added to a disabled 2709 * mac, therefore it is sufficient to check for the flow table 2710 * only here. 2711 */ 2712 mcip = mac_primary_client_handle(mip); 2713 if ((mcip != NULL) && mac_link_has_flows((mac_client_handle_t)mcip)) { 2714 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2715 return (ENOTEMPTY); 2716 } 2717 2718 mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_DISABLED; 2719 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2720 return (0); 2721 } 2722 2723 int 2724 mac_disable_nowait(mac_handle_t mh) 2725 { 2726 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2727 int err; 2728 2729 if ((err = i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mip)) != 0) 2730 return (err); 2731 err = i_mac_disable(mip); 2732 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 2733 return (err); 2734 } 2735 2736 int 2737 mac_disable(mac_handle_t mh) 2738 { 2739 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2740 int err; 2741 2742 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 2743 err = i_mac_disable(mip); 2744 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 2745 2746 /* 2747 * Clean up notification thread and wait for it to exit. 2748 */ 2749 if (err == 0) 2750 i_mac_notify_exit(mip); 2751 2752 return (err); 2753 } 2754 2755 /* 2756 * Called when the MAC instance has a non empty flow table, to de-multiplex 2757 * incoming packets to the right flow. 2758 */ 2759 /* ARGSUSED */ 2760 static flow_entry_t * 2761 mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp) 2762 { 2763 flow_entry_t *flent = NULL; 2764 uint_t flags = FLOW_INBOUND; 2765 int err; 2766 2767 err = mac_flow_lookup(mip->mi_flow_tab, mp, flags, &flent); 2768 if (err == 0) { 2769 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 2770 2771 /* 2772 * This flent might just be an additional one on the MAC client, 2773 * i.e. for classification purposes (different fdesc), however 2774 * the resources, SRS et. al., are in the mci_flent, so if 2775 * this isn't the mci_flent, we need to get it. 2776 */ 2777 if ((mcip = flent->fe_mcip) != NULL && 2778 mcip->mci_flent != flent) { 2779 FLOW_REFRELE(flent); 2780 flent = mcip->mci_flent; 2781 FLOW_TRY_REFHOLD(flent, err); 2782 if (err != 0) 2783 return (NULL); 2784 } 2785 } 2786 2787 /* flent will be NULL if mac_flow_lookup fails to find a match. */ 2788 return (flent); 2789 } 2790 2791 mblk_t * 2792 mac_rx_flow(mac_handle_t mh, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp_chain) 2793 { 2794 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2795 mblk_t *mp_next, *tail, **unclass_nextp; 2796 mblk_t *unclass_list = NULL; 2797 flow_entry_t *prev_flent = NULL; 2798 2799 /* 2800 * We walk the chain and attempt to classify each packet. 2801 * The packets that couldn't be classified will be returned 2802 * back to the caller. 2803 * 2804 * We want to batch together runs of matched packets bound 2805 * for the same flent into the same callback. Unmatched 2806 * packets should not break an ongoing chain. 2807 */ 2808 mp_next = tail = mp_chain; 2809 unclass_nextp = &unclass_list; 2810 while (mp_next != NULL) { 2811 flow_entry_t *flent; 2812 mblk_t *mp = mp_next; 2813 mp_next = mp_next->b_next; 2814 mp->b_next = NULL; 2815 2816 flent = mac_rx_classify(mip, mrh, mp); 2817 if (flent == NULL) { 2818 /* 2819 * Add the current mblk_t to the end of the 2820 * unclassified packet chain at 'unclass_list'. 2821 * Move the current head forward if we have not 2822 * yet made any match. 2823 */ 2824 if (prev_flent == NULL) { 2825 mp_chain = mp_next; 2826 tail = mp_next; 2827 } 2828 *unclass_nextp = mp; 2829 unclass_nextp = &mp->b_next; 2830 continue; 2831 } 2832 2833 if (prev_flent == NULL || flent == prev_flent) { 2834 /* Either the first valid match, or in the same chain */ 2835 if (prev_flent != NULL) 2836 FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent); 2837 if (mp != tail) 2838 tail->b_next = mp; 2839 } else { 2840 ASSERT3P(prev_flent, !=, NULL); 2841 (prev_flent->fe_cb_fn)(prev_flent->fe_cb_arg1, 2842 prev_flent->fe_cb_arg2, mp_chain, B_FALSE); 2843 FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent); 2844 mp_chain = mp; 2845 } 2846 2847 prev_flent = flent; 2848 tail = mp; 2849 } 2850 /* Last chain */ 2851 if (mp_chain != NULL) { 2852 ASSERT3P(prev_flent, !=, NULL); 2853 (prev_flent->fe_cb_fn)(prev_flent->fe_cb_arg1, 2854 prev_flent->fe_cb_arg2, mp_chain, B_FALSE); 2855 FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent); 2856 } 2857 return (unclass_list); 2858 } 2859 2860 static int 2861 mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2862 { 2863 mac_ring_handle_t ring = arg; 2864 2865 if (flent->fe_tx_srs) 2866 mac_tx_srs_wakeup(flent->fe_tx_srs, ring); 2867 return (0); 2868 } 2869 2870 void 2871 i_mac_tx_srs_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t ring) 2872 { 2873 mac_client_impl_t *cclient; 2874 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 2875 2876 /* 2877 * After grabbing the mi_rw_lock, the list of clients can't change. 2878 * If there are any clients mi_disabled must be B_FALSE and can't 2879 * get set since there are clients. If there aren't any clients we 2880 * don't do anything. In any case the mip has to be valid. The driver 2881 * must make sure that it goes single threaded (with respect to mac 2882 * calls) and wait for all pending mac calls to finish before calling 2883 * mac_unregister. 2884 */ 2885 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER); 2886 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) { 2887 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2888 return; 2889 } 2890 2891 /* 2892 * Get MAC tx srs from walking mac_client_handle list. 2893 */ 2894 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER); 2895 for (cclient = mip->mi_clients_list; cclient != NULL; 2896 cclient = cclient->mci_client_next) { 2897 if ((mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(cclient)) != NULL) { 2898 mac_tx_srs_wakeup(mac_srs, ring); 2899 } else { 2900 /* 2901 * Aggr opens underlying ports in exclusive mode 2902 * and registers flow control callbacks using 2903 * mac_tx_client_notify(). When opened in 2904 * exclusive mode, Tx SRS won't be created 2905 * during mac_unicast_add(). 2906 */ 2907 if (cclient->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE) { 2908 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(cclient, 2909 (mac_tx_cookie_t)ring); 2910 } 2911 } 2912 (void) mac_flow_walk(cclient->mci_subflow_tab, 2913 mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup, ring); 2914 } 2915 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 2916 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2917 } 2918 2919 /* ARGSUSED */ 2920 void 2921 mac_multicast_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_multicst_t refresh, void *arg, 2922 boolean_t add) 2923 { 2924 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2925 2926 i_mac_perim_enter((mac_impl_t *)mh); 2927 /* 2928 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the 2929 * driver's m_multicst entry point. 2930 */ 2931 if (refresh == NULL) { 2932 refresh = mip->mi_multicst; 2933 arg = mip->mi_driver; 2934 } 2935 2936 mac_bcast_refresh(mip, refresh, arg, add); 2937 i_mac_perim_exit((mac_impl_t *)mh); 2938 } 2939 2940 void 2941 mac_promisc_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_setpromisc_t refresh, void *arg) 2942 { 2943 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2944 2945 /* 2946 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the 2947 * driver's m_promisc entry point. 2948 */ 2949 if (refresh == NULL) { 2950 refresh = mip->mi_setpromisc; 2951 arg = mip->mi_driver; 2952 } 2953 ASSERT(refresh != NULL); 2954 2955 /* 2956 * Call the refresh function with the current promiscuity. 2957 */ 2958 refresh(arg, (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0)); 2959 } 2960 2961 /* 2962 * The mac client requests that the mac not to change its margin size to 2963 * be less than the specified value. If "current" is B_TRUE, then the client 2964 * requests the mac not to change its margin size to be smaller than the 2965 * current size. Further, return the current margin size value in this case. 2966 * 2967 * We keep every requested size in an ordered list from largest to smallest. 2968 */ 2969 int 2970 mac_margin_add(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t *marginp, boolean_t current) 2971 { 2972 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2973 mac_margin_req_t **pp, *p; 2974 int err = 0; 2975 2976 rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER); 2977 if (current) 2978 *marginp = mip->mi_margin; 2979 2980 /* 2981 * If the current margin value cannot satisfy the margin requested, 2982 * return ENOTSUP directly. 2983 */ 2984 if (*marginp > mip->mi_margin) { 2985 err = ENOTSUP; 2986 goto done; 2987 } 2988 2989 /* 2990 * Check whether the given margin is already in the list. If so, 2991 * bump the reference count. 2992 */ 2993 for (pp = &mip->mi_mmrp; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mmr_nextp) { 2994 if (p->mmr_margin == *marginp) { 2995 /* 2996 * The margin requested is already in the list, 2997 * so just bump the reference count. 2998 */ 2999 p->mmr_ref++; 3000 goto done; 3001 } 3002 if (p->mmr_margin < *marginp) 3003 break; 3004 } 3005 3006 3007 p = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_margin_req_t), KM_SLEEP); 3008 p->mmr_margin = *marginp; 3009 p->mmr_ref++; 3010 p->mmr_nextp = *pp; 3011 *pp = p; 3012 3013 done: 3014 rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock)); 3015 return (err); 3016 } 3017 3018 /* 3019 * The mac client requests to cancel its previous mac_margin_add() request. 3020 * We remove the requested margin size from the list. 3021 */ 3022 int 3023 mac_margin_remove(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin) 3024 { 3025 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3026 mac_margin_req_t **pp, *p; 3027 int err = 0; 3028 3029 rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER); 3030 /* 3031 * Find the entry in the list for the given margin. 3032 */ 3033 for (pp = &(mip->mi_mmrp); (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &(p->mmr_nextp)) { 3034 if (p->mmr_margin == margin) { 3035 if (--p->mmr_ref == 0) 3036 break; 3037 3038 /* 3039 * There is still a reference to this address so 3040 * there's nothing more to do. 3041 */ 3042 goto done; 3043 } 3044 } 3045 3046 /* 3047 * We did not find an entry for the given margin. 3048 */ 3049 if (p == NULL) { 3050 err = ENOENT; 3051 goto done; 3052 } 3053 3054 ASSERT(p->mmr_ref == 0); 3055 3056 /* 3057 * Remove it from the list. 3058 */ 3059 *pp = p->mmr_nextp; 3060 kmem_free(p, sizeof (mac_margin_req_t)); 3061 done: 3062 rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock)); 3063 return (err); 3064 } 3065 3066 boolean_t 3067 mac_margin_update(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin) 3068 { 3069 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3070 uint32_t margin_needed = 0; 3071 3072 rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER); 3073 3074 if (mip->mi_mmrp != NULL) 3075 margin_needed = mip->mi_mmrp->mmr_margin; 3076 3077 if (margin_needed <= margin) 3078 mip->mi_margin = margin; 3079 3080 rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock)); 3081 3082 if (margin_needed <= margin) 3083 i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_MARGIN); 3084 3085 return (margin_needed <= margin); 3086 } 3087 3088 /* 3089 * MAC clients use this interface to request that a MAC device not change its 3090 * MTU below the specified amount. At this time, that amount must be within the 3091 * range of the device's current minimum and the device's current maximum. eg. a 3092 * client cannot request a 3000 byte MTU when the device's MTU is currently 3093 * 2000. 3094 * 3095 * If "current" is set to B_TRUE, then the request is to simply to reserve the 3096 * current underlying mac's maximum for this mac client and return it in mtup. 3097 */ 3098 int 3099 mac_mtu_add(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t *mtup, boolean_t current) 3100 { 3101 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3102 mac_mtu_req_t *prev, *cur; 3103 mac_propval_range_t mpr; 3104 int err; 3105 3106 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 3107 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 3108 3109 if (current == B_TRUE) 3110 *mtup = mip->mi_sdu_max; 3111 mpr.mpr_count = 1; 3112 err = mac_prop_info(mh, MAC_PROP_MTU, "mtu", NULL, 0, &mpr, NULL); 3113 if (err != 0) { 3114 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3115 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3116 return (err); 3117 } 3118 3119 if (*mtup > mip->mi_sdu_max || 3120 *mtup < mpr.mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_min) { 3121 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3122 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3123 return (ENOTSUP); 3124 } 3125 3126 prev = NULL; 3127 for (cur = mip->mi_mtrp; cur != NULL; cur = cur->mtr_nextp) { 3128 if (*mtup == cur->mtr_mtu) { 3129 cur->mtr_ref++; 3130 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3131 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3132 return (0); 3133 } 3134 3135 if (*mtup > cur->mtr_mtu) 3136 break; 3137 3138 prev = cur; 3139 } 3140 3141 cur = kmem_alloc(sizeof (mac_mtu_req_t), KM_SLEEP); 3142 cur->mtr_mtu = *mtup; 3143 cur->mtr_ref = 1; 3144 if (prev != NULL) { 3145 cur->mtr_nextp = prev->mtr_nextp; 3146 prev->mtr_nextp = cur; 3147 } else { 3148 cur->mtr_nextp = mip->mi_mtrp; 3149 mip->mi_mtrp = cur; 3150 } 3151 3152 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3153 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3154 return (0); 3155 } 3156 3157 int 3158 mac_mtu_remove(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t mtu) 3159 { 3160 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3161 mac_mtu_req_t *cur, *prev; 3162 3163 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 3164 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 3165 3166 prev = NULL; 3167 for (cur = mip->mi_mtrp; cur != NULL; cur = cur->mtr_nextp) { 3168 if (cur->mtr_mtu == mtu) { 3169 ASSERT(cur->mtr_ref > 0); 3170 cur->mtr_ref--; 3171 if (cur->mtr_ref == 0) { 3172 if (prev == NULL) { 3173 mip->mi_mtrp = cur->mtr_nextp; 3174 } else { 3175 prev->mtr_nextp = cur->mtr_nextp; 3176 } 3177 kmem_free(cur, sizeof (mac_mtu_req_t)); 3178 } 3179 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3180 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3181 return (0); 3182 } 3183 3184 prev = cur; 3185 } 3186 3187 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3188 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3189 return (ENOENT); 3190 } 3191 3192 /* 3193 * MAC Type Plugin functions. 3194 */ 3195 3196 mactype_t * 3197 mactype_getplugin(const char *pname) 3198 { 3199 mactype_t *mtype = NULL; 3200 boolean_t tried_modload = B_FALSE; 3201 3202 mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock); 3203 3204 find_registered_mactype: 3205 if (mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)pname, 3206 (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtype) != 0) { 3207 if (!tried_modload) { 3208 /* 3209 * If the plugin has not yet been loaded, then 3210 * attempt to load it now. If modload() succeeds, 3211 * the plugin should have registered using 3212 * mactype_register(), in which case we can go back 3213 * and attempt to find it again. 3214 */ 3215 if (modload(MACTYPE_KMODDIR, (char *)pname) != -1) { 3216 tried_modload = B_TRUE; 3217 goto find_registered_mactype; 3218 } 3219 } 3220 } else { 3221 /* 3222 * Note that there's no danger that the plugin we've loaded 3223 * could be unloaded between the modload() step and the 3224 * reference count bump here, as we're holding 3225 * i_mactype_lock, which mactype_unregister() also holds. 3226 */ 3227 atomic_inc_32(&mtype->mt_ref); 3228 } 3229 3230 mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock); 3231 return (mtype); 3232 } 3233 3234 mactype_register_t * 3235 mactype_alloc(uint_t mactype_version) 3236 { 3237 mactype_register_t *mtrp; 3238 3239 /* 3240 * Make sure there isn't a version mismatch between the plugin and 3241 * the framework. In the future, if multiple versions are 3242 * supported, this check could become more sophisticated. 3243 */ 3244 if (mactype_version != MACTYPE_VERSION) 3245 return (NULL); 3246 3247 mtrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mactype_register_t), KM_SLEEP); 3248 mtrp->mtr_version = mactype_version; 3249 return (mtrp); 3250 } 3251 3252 void 3253 mactype_free(mactype_register_t *mtrp) 3254 { 3255 kmem_free(mtrp, sizeof (mactype_register_t)); 3256 } 3257 3258 int 3259 mactype_register(mactype_register_t *mtrp) 3260 { 3261 mactype_t *mtp; 3262 mactype_ops_t *ops = mtrp->mtr_ops; 3263 3264 /* Do some sanity checking before we register this MAC type. */ 3265 if (mtrp->mtr_ident == NULL || ops == NULL) 3266 return (EINVAL); 3267 3268 /* 3269 * Verify that all mandatory callbacks are set in the ops 3270 * vector. 3271 */ 3272 if (ops->mtops_unicst_verify == NULL || 3273 ops->mtops_multicst_verify == NULL || 3274 ops->mtops_sap_verify == NULL || 3275 ops->mtops_header == NULL || 3276 ops->mtops_header_info == NULL) { 3277 return (EINVAL); 3278 } 3279 3280 mtp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mtp), KM_SLEEP); 3281 mtp->mt_ident = mtrp->mtr_ident; 3282 mtp->mt_ops = *ops; 3283 mtp->mt_type = mtrp->mtr_mactype; 3284 mtp->mt_nativetype = mtrp->mtr_nativetype; 3285 mtp->mt_addr_length = mtrp->mtr_addrlen; 3286 if (mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr != NULL) { 3287 mtp->mt_brdcst_addr = kmem_alloc(mtrp->mtr_addrlen, KM_SLEEP); 3288 bcopy(mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, 3289 mtrp->mtr_addrlen); 3290 } 3291 3292 mtp->mt_stats = mtrp->mtr_stats; 3293 mtp->mt_statcount = mtrp->mtr_statcount; 3294 3295 mtp->mt_mapping = mtrp->mtr_mapping; 3296 mtp->mt_mappingcount = mtrp->mtr_mappingcount; 3297 3298 if (mod_hash_insert(i_mactype_hash, 3299 (mod_hash_key_t)mtp->mt_ident, (mod_hash_val_t)mtp) != 0) { 3300 kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length); 3301 kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (*mtp)); 3302 return (EEXIST); 3303 } 3304 return (0); 3305 } 3306 3307 int 3308 mactype_unregister(const char *ident) 3309 { 3310 mactype_t *mtp; 3311 mod_hash_val_t val; 3312 int err; 3313 3314 /* 3315 * Let's not allow MAC drivers to use this plugin while we're 3316 * trying to unregister it. Holding i_mactype_lock also prevents a 3317 * plugin from unregistering while a MAC driver is attempting to 3318 * hold a reference to it in i_mactype_getplugin(). 3319 */ 3320 mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock); 3321 3322 if ((err = mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident, 3323 (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtp)) != 0) { 3324 /* A plugin is trying to unregister, but it never registered. */ 3325 err = ENXIO; 3326 goto done; 3327 } 3328 3329 if (mtp->mt_ref != 0) { 3330 err = EBUSY; 3331 goto done; 3332 } 3333 3334 err = mod_hash_remove(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident, &val); 3335 ASSERT(err == 0); 3336 if (err != 0) { 3337 /* This should never happen, thus the ASSERT() above. */ 3338 err = EINVAL; 3339 goto done; 3340 } 3341 ASSERT(mtp == (mactype_t *)val); 3342 3343 if (mtp->mt_brdcst_addr != NULL) 3344 kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length); 3345 kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (mactype_t)); 3346 done: 3347 mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock); 3348 return (err); 3349 } 3350 3351 /* 3352 * Checks the size of the value size specified for a property as 3353 * part of a property operation. Returns B_TRUE if the size is 3354 * correct, B_FALSE otherwise. 3355 */ 3356 boolean_t 3357 mac_prop_check_size(mac_prop_id_t id, uint_t valsize, boolean_t is_range) 3358 { 3359 uint_t minsize = 0; 3360 3361 if (is_range) 3362 return (valsize >= sizeof (mac_propval_range_t)); 3363 3364 switch (id) { 3365 case MAC_PROP_ZONE: 3366 minsize = sizeof (dld_ioc_zid_t); 3367 break; 3368 case MAC_PROP_AUTOPUSH: 3369 if (valsize != 0) 3370 minsize = sizeof (struct dlautopush); 3371 break; 3372 case MAC_PROP_TAGMODE: 3373 minsize = sizeof (link_tagmode_t); 3374 break; 3375 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: 3376 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF: 3377 minsize = sizeof (mac_resource_props_t); 3378 break; 3379 case MAC_PROP_DUPLEX: 3380 minsize = sizeof (link_duplex_t); 3381 break; 3382 case MAC_PROP_SPEED: 3383 minsize = sizeof (uint64_t); 3384 break; 3385 case MAC_PROP_STATUS: 3386 minsize = sizeof (link_state_t); 3387 break; 3388 case MAC_PROP_AUTONEG: 3389 case MAC_PROP_EN_AUTONEG: 3390 minsize = sizeof (uint8_t); 3391 break; 3392 case MAC_PROP_MTU: 3393 case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT: 3394 case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: 3395 minsize = sizeof (uint32_t); 3396 break; 3397 case MAC_PROP_FLOWCTRL: 3398 minsize = sizeof (link_flowctrl_t); 3399 break; 3400 case MAC_PROP_ADV_FEC_CAP: 3401 case MAC_PROP_EN_FEC_CAP: 3402 minsize = sizeof (link_fec_t); 3403 break; 3404 case MAC_PROP_ADV_400GFDX_CAP: 3405 case MAC_PROP_EN_400GFDX_CAP: 3406 case MAC_PROP_ADV_200GFDX_CAP: 3407 case MAC_PROP_EN_200GFDX_CAP: 3408 case MAC_PROP_ADV_100GFDX_CAP: 3409 case MAC_PROP_EN_100GFDX_CAP: 3410 case MAC_PROP_ADV_50GFDX_CAP: 3411 case MAC_PROP_EN_50GFDX_CAP: 3412 case MAC_PROP_ADV_40GFDX_CAP: 3413 case MAC_PROP_EN_40GFDX_CAP: 3414 case MAC_PROP_ADV_25GFDX_CAP: 3415 case MAC_PROP_EN_25GFDX_CAP: 3416 case MAC_PROP_ADV_10GFDX_CAP: 3417 case MAC_PROP_EN_10GFDX_CAP: 3418 case MAC_PROP_ADV_5000FDX_CAP: 3419 case MAC_PROP_EN_5000FDX_CAP: 3420 case MAC_PROP_ADV_2500FDX_CAP: 3421 case MAC_PROP_EN_2500FDX_CAP: 3422 case MAC_PROP_ADV_1000HDX_CAP: 3423 case MAC_PROP_EN_1000HDX_CAP: 3424 case MAC_PROP_ADV_100FDX_CAP: 3425 case MAC_PROP_EN_100FDX_CAP: 3426 case MAC_PROP_ADV_100T4_CAP: 3427 case MAC_PROP_EN_100T4_CAP: 3428 case MAC_PROP_ADV_100HDX_CAP: 3429 case MAC_PROP_EN_100HDX_CAP: 3430 case MAC_PROP_ADV_10FDX_CAP: 3431 case MAC_PROP_EN_10FDX_CAP: 3432 case MAC_PROP_ADV_10HDX_CAP: 3433 case MAC_PROP_EN_10HDX_CAP: 3434 minsize = sizeof (uint8_t); 3435 break; 3436 case MAC_PROP_PVID: 3437 minsize = sizeof (uint16_t); 3438 break; 3439 case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_HOPLIMIT: 3440 minsize = sizeof (uint32_t); 3441 break; 3442 case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_ENCAPLIMIT: 3443 minsize = sizeof (uint32_t); 3444 break; 3445 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3446 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3447 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3448 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3449 minsize = sizeof (uint_t); 3450 break; 3451 case MAC_PROP_WL_ESSID: 3452 minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t); 3453 break; 3454 case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSID: 3455 minsize = sizeof (wl_bssid_t); 3456 break; 3457 case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSTYPE: 3458 minsize = sizeof (wl_bss_type_t); 3459 break; 3460 case MAC_PROP_WL_LINKSTATUS: 3461 minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t); 3462 break; 3463 case MAC_PROP_WL_DESIRED_RATES: 3464 minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t); 3465 break; 3466 case MAC_PROP_WL_SUPPORTED_RATES: 3467 minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t); 3468 break; 3469 case MAC_PROP_WL_AUTH_MODE: 3470 minsize = sizeof (wl_authmode_t); 3471 break; 3472 case MAC_PROP_WL_ENCRYPTION: 3473 minsize = sizeof (wl_encryption_t); 3474 break; 3475 case MAC_PROP_WL_RSSI: 3476 minsize = sizeof (wl_rssi_t); 3477 break; 3478 case MAC_PROP_WL_PHY_CONFIG: 3479 minsize = sizeof (wl_phy_conf_t); 3480 break; 3481 case MAC_PROP_WL_CAPABILITY: 3482 minsize = sizeof (wl_capability_t); 3483 break; 3484 case MAC_PROP_WL_WPA: 3485 minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_t); 3486 break; 3487 case MAC_PROP_WL_SCANRESULTS: 3488 minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ess_t); 3489 break; 3490 case MAC_PROP_WL_POWER_MODE: 3491 minsize = sizeof (wl_ps_mode_t); 3492 break; 3493 case MAC_PROP_WL_RADIO: 3494 minsize = sizeof (wl_radio_t); 3495 break; 3496 case MAC_PROP_WL_ESS_LIST: 3497 minsize = sizeof (wl_ess_list_t); 3498 break; 3499 case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY_TAB: 3500 minsize = sizeof (wl_wep_key_tab_t); 3501 break; 3502 case MAC_PROP_WL_CREATE_IBSS: 3503 minsize = sizeof (wl_create_ibss_t); 3504 break; 3505 case MAC_PROP_WL_SETOPTIE: 3506 minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ie_t); 3507 break; 3508 case MAC_PROP_WL_DELKEY: 3509 minsize = sizeof (wl_del_key_t); 3510 break; 3511 case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY: 3512 minsize = sizeof (wl_key_t); 3513 break; 3514 case MAC_PROP_WL_MLME: 3515 minsize = sizeof (wl_mlme_t); 3516 break; 3517 case MAC_PROP_VN_PROMISC_FILTERED: 3518 minsize = sizeof (boolean_t); 3519 break; 3520 case MAC_PROP_MEDIA: 3521 /* 3522 * Our assumption is that each class of device uses an enum and 3523 * that all enums will be the same size so it is OK to use a 3524 * single one. 3525 */ 3526 minsize = sizeof (mac_ether_media_t); 3527 break; 3528 } 3529 3530 return (valsize >= minsize); 3531 } 3532 3533 /* 3534 * mac_set_prop() sets MAC or hardware driver properties: 3535 * 3536 * - MAC-managed properties such as resource properties include maxbw, 3537 * priority, and cpu binding list, as well as the default port VID 3538 * used by bridging. These properties are consumed by the MAC layer 3539 * itself and not passed down to the driver. For resource control 3540 * properties, this function invokes mac_set_resources() which will 3541 * cache the property value in mac_impl_t and may call 3542 * mac_client_set_resource() to update property value of the primary 3543 * mac client, if it exists. 3544 * 3545 * - Properties which act on the hardware and must be passed to the 3546 * driver, such as MTU, through the driver's mc_setprop() entry point. 3547 */ 3548 int 3549 mac_set_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val, 3550 uint_t valsize) 3551 { 3552 int err = ENOTSUP; 3553 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3554 3555 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 3556 3557 switch (id) { 3558 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: { 3559 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 3560 3561 /* call mac_set_resources() for MAC properties */ 3562 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t)); 3563 mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP); 3564 bcopy(val, mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 3565 err = mac_set_resources(mh, mrp); 3566 kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 3567 break; 3568 } 3569 3570 case MAC_PROP_PVID: 3571 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t)); 3572 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) 3573 return (EINVAL); 3574 err = mac_set_pvid(mh, *(uint16_t *)val); 3575 break; 3576 3577 case MAC_PROP_MTU: { 3578 uint32_t mtu; 3579 3580 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t)); 3581 bcopy(val, &mtu, sizeof (mtu)); 3582 err = mac_set_mtu(mh, mtu, NULL); 3583 break; 3584 } 3585 3586 case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT: 3587 case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: { 3588 uint32_t learnval; 3589 3590 if (valsize < sizeof (learnval) || 3591 (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)) 3592 return (EINVAL); 3593 bcopy(val, &learnval, sizeof (learnval)); 3594 if (learnval == 0 && id == MAC_PROP_LDECAY) 3595 return (EINVAL); 3596 if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT) 3597 mip->mi_llimit = learnval; 3598 else 3599 mip->mi_ldecay = learnval; 3600 err = 0; 3601 break; 3602 } 3603 3604 case MAC_PROP_ADV_FEC_CAP: 3605 case MAC_PROP_EN_FEC_CAP: { 3606 link_fec_t fec; 3607 3608 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (link_fec_t)); 3609 3610 /* 3611 * fec cannot be zero, and auto must be set exclusively. 3612 */ 3613 bcopy(val, &fec, sizeof (link_fec_t)); 3614 if (fec == 0) 3615 return (EINVAL); 3616 if ((fec & LINK_FEC_AUTO) != 0 && (fec & ~LINK_FEC_AUTO) != 0) 3617 return (EINVAL); 3618 3619 if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_SETPROP) { 3620 err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_setprop(mip->mi_driver, 3621 name, id, valsize, val); 3622 } 3623 break; 3624 } 3625 3626 default: 3627 /* For other driver properties, call driver's callback */ 3628 if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_SETPROP) { 3629 err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_setprop(mip->mi_driver, 3630 name, id, valsize, val); 3631 } 3632 } 3633 return (err); 3634 } 3635 3636 /* 3637 * mac_get_prop() gets MAC or device driver properties. 3638 * 3639 * If the property is a driver property, mac_get_prop() calls driver's callback 3640 * entry point to get it. 3641 * If the property is a MAC property, mac_get_prop() invokes mac_get_resources() 3642 * which returns the cached value in mac_impl_t. 3643 */ 3644 int 3645 mac_get_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val, 3646 uint_t valsize) 3647 { 3648 int err = ENOTSUP; 3649 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3650 uint_t rings; 3651 uint_t vlinks; 3652 3653 bzero(val, valsize); 3654 3655 switch (id) { 3656 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: { 3657 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 3658 3659 /* If mac property, read from cache */ 3660 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t)); 3661 mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP); 3662 mac_get_resources(mh, mrp); 3663 bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp)); 3664 kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 3665 return (0); 3666 } 3667 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF: { 3668 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 3669 3670 /* If mac effective property, read from client */ 3671 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t)); 3672 mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP); 3673 mac_get_effective_resources(mh, mrp); 3674 bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp)); 3675 kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 3676 return (0); 3677 } 3678 3679 case MAC_PROP_PVID: 3680 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t)); 3681 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) 3682 return (EINVAL); 3683 *(uint16_t *)val = mac_get_pvid(mh); 3684 return (0); 3685 3686 case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT: 3687 case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: 3688 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t)); 3689 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) 3690 return (EINVAL); 3691 if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT) 3692 bcopy(&mip->mi_llimit, val, sizeof (mip->mi_llimit)); 3693 else 3694 bcopy(&mip->mi_ldecay, val, sizeof (mip->mi_ldecay)); 3695 return (0); 3696 3697 case MAC_PROP_MTU: { 3698 uint32_t sdu; 3699 3700 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t)); 3701 mac_sdu_get2(mh, NULL, &sdu, NULL); 3702 bcopy(&sdu, val, sizeof (sdu)); 3703 3704 return (0); 3705 } 3706 case MAC_PROP_STATUS: { 3707 link_state_t link_state; 3708 3709 if (valsize < sizeof (link_state)) 3710 return (EINVAL); 3711 link_state = mac_link_get(mh); 3712 bcopy(&link_state, val, sizeof (link_state)); 3713 3714 return (0); 3715 } 3716 3717 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3718 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3719 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t)); 3720 rings = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL ? 3721 mac_rxavail_get(mh) : mac_txavail_get(mh); 3722 bcopy(&rings, val, sizeof (uint_t)); 3723 return (0); 3724 3725 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3726 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3727 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t)); 3728 vlinks = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL ? 3729 mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) : mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh); 3730 bcopy(&vlinks, val, sizeof (uint_t)); 3731 return (0); 3732 3733 case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE: 3734 case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE: 3735 /* 3736 * The value for these properties are returned through 3737 * the MAC_PROP_RESOURCE property. 3738 */ 3739 return (0); 3740 3741 default: 3742 break; 3743 3744 } 3745 3746 /* If driver property, request from driver */ 3747 if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_GETPROP) { 3748 err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_getprop(mip->mi_driver, name, id, 3749 valsize, val); 3750 } 3751 3752 return (err); 3753 } 3754 3755 /* 3756 * Helper function to initialize the range structure for use in 3757 * mac_get_prop. If the type can be other than uint32, we can 3758 * pass that as an arg. 3759 */ 3760 static void 3761 _mac_set_range(mac_propval_range_t *range, uint32_t min, uint32_t max) 3762 { 3763 range->mpr_count = 1; 3764 range->mpr_type = MAC_PROPVAL_UINT32; 3765 range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_min = min; 3766 range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_max = max; 3767 } 3768 3769 /* 3770 * Returns information about the specified property, such as default 3771 * values or permissions. 3772 */ 3773 int 3774 mac_prop_info(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, 3775 void *default_val, uint_t default_size, mac_propval_range_t *range, 3776 uint_t *perm) 3777 { 3778 mac_prop_info_state_t state; 3779 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3780 uint_t max; 3781 3782 /* 3783 * A property is read/write by default unless the driver says 3784 * otherwise. 3785 */ 3786 if (perm != NULL) 3787 *perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_RW; 3788 3789 if (default_val != NULL) 3790 bzero(default_val, default_size); 3791 3792 /* 3793 * First, handle framework properties for which we don't need to 3794 * involve the driver. 3795 */ 3796 switch (id) { 3797 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: 3798 case MAC_PROP_PVID: 3799 case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT: 3800 case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: 3801 return (0); 3802 3803 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3804 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3805 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3806 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3807 if (perm != NULL) 3808 *perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ; 3809 return (0); 3810 3811 case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE: 3812 case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE: 3813 /* 3814 * Currently, we support range for RX and TX rings properties. 3815 * When we extend this support to maxbw, cpus and priority, 3816 * we should move this to mac_get_resources. 3817 * There is no default value for RX or TX rings. 3818 */ 3819 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) && 3820 mac_is_vnic_primary(mh)) { 3821 /* 3822 * We don't support setting rings for a VLAN 3823 * data link because it shares its ring with the 3824 * primary MAC client. 3825 */ 3826 if (perm != NULL) 3827 *perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ; 3828 if (range != NULL) 3829 range->mpr_count = 0; 3830 } else if (range != NULL) { 3831 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) 3832 mh = mac_get_lower_mac_handle(mh); 3833 mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3834 if ((id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE && 3835 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) || 3836 (id == MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE && 3837 mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC)) { 3838 if (id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE) { 3839 if ((mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) + 3840 mac_rxhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) { 3841 /* 3842 * doesn't support groups or 3843 * rings 3844 */ 3845 range->mpr_count = 0; 3846 } else { 3847 /* 3848 * supports specifying groups, 3849 * but not rings 3850 */ 3851 _mac_set_range(range, 0, 0); 3852 } 3853 } else { 3854 if ((mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh) + 3855 mac_txhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) { 3856 /* 3857 * doesn't support groups or 3858 * rings 3859 */ 3860 range->mpr_count = 0; 3861 } else { 3862 /* 3863 * supports specifying groups, 3864 * but not rings 3865 */ 3866 _mac_set_range(range, 0, 0); 3867 } 3868 } 3869 } else { 3870 max = id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE ? 3871 mac_rxavail_get(mh) + mac_rxrsvd_get(mh) : 3872 mac_txavail_get(mh) + mac_txrsvd_get(mh); 3873 if (max <= 1) { 3874 /* 3875 * doesn't support groups or 3876 * rings 3877 */ 3878 range->mpr_count = 0; 3879 } else { 3880 /* 3881 * -1 because we have to leave out the 3882 * default ring. 3883 */ 3884 _mac_set_range(range, 1, max - 1); 3885 } 3886 } 3887 } 3888 return (0); 3889 3890 case MAC_PROP_STATUS: 3891 case MAC_PROP_MEDIA: 3892 if (perm != NULL) 3893 *perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ; 3894 return (0); 3895 } 3896 3897 /* 3898 * Get the property info from the driver if it implements the 3899 * property info entry point. 3900 */ 3901 bzero(&state, sizeof (state)); 3902 3903 if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_PROPINFO) { 3904 state.pr_default = default_val; 3905 state.pr_default_size = default_size; 3906 3907 /* 3908 * The caller specifies the maximum number of ranges 3909 * it can accomodate using mpr_count. We don't touch 3910 * this value until the driver returns from its 3911 * mc_propinfo() callback, and ensure we don't exceed 3912 * this number of range as the driver defines 3913 * supported range from its mc_propinfo(). 3914 * 3915 * pr_range_cur_count keeps track of how many ranges 3916 * were defined by the driver from its mc_propinfo() 3917 * entry point. 3918 * 3919 * On exit, the user-specified range mpr_count returns 3920 * the number of ranges specified by the driver on 3921 * success, or the number of ranges it wanted to 3922 * define if that number of ranges could not be 3923 * accomodated by the specified range structure. In 3924 * the latter case, the caller will be able to 3925 * allocate a larger range structure, and query the 3926 * property again. 3927 */ 3928 state.pr_range_cur_count = 0; 3929 state.pr_range = range; 3930 3931 mip->mi_callbacks->mc_propinfo(mip->mi_driver, name, id, 3932 (mac_prop_info_handle_t)&state); 3933 3934 if (state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE) 3935 range->mpr_count = state.pr_range_cur_count; 3936 3937 /* 3938 * The operation could fail if the buffer supplied by 3939 * the user was too small for the range or default 3940 * value of the property. 3941 */ 3942 if (state.pr_errno != 0) 3943 return (state.pr_errno); 3944 3945 if (perm != NULL && state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_PERM) 3946 *perm = state.pr_perm; 3947 } 3948 3949 /* 3950 * The MAC layer may want to provide default values or allowed 3951 * ranges for properties if the driver does not provide a 3952 * property info entry point, or that entry point exists, but 3953 * it did not provide a default value or allowed ranges for 3954 * that property. 3955 */ 3956 switch (id) { 3957 case MAC_PROP_MTU: { 3958 uint32_t sdu; 3959 3960 mac_sdu_get2(mh, NULL, &sdu, NULL); 3961 3962 if (range != NULL && !(state.pr_flags & 3963 MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE)) { 3964 /* MTU range */ 3965 _mac_set_range(range, sdu, sdu); 3966 } 3967 3968 if (default_val != NULL && !(state.pr_flags & 3969 MAC_PROP_INFO_DEFAULT)) { 3970 if (mip->mi_info.mi_media == DL_ETHER) 3971 sdu = ETHERMTU; 3972 /* default MTU value */ 3973 bcopy(&sdu, default_val, sizeof (sdu)); 3974 } 3975 } 3976 } 3977 3978 return (0); 3979 } 3980 3981 int 3982 mac_fastpath_disable(mac_handle_t mh) 3983 { 3984 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3985 3986 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0) 3987 return (0); 3988 3989 return (mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_disable(mip->mi_driver)); 3990 } 3991 3992 void 3993 mac_fastpath_enable(mac_handle_t mh) 3994 { 3995 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3996 3997 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0) 3998 return; 3999 4000 mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_enable(mip->mi_driver); 4001 } 4002 4003 void 4004 mac_register_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip, char **priv_props) 4005 { 4006 uint_t nprops, i; 4007 4008 if (priv_props == NULL) 4009 return; 4010 4011 nprops = 0; 4012 while (priv_props[nprops] != NULL) 4013 nprops++; 4014 if (nprops == 0) 4015 return; 4016 4017 4018 mip->mi_priv_prop = kmem_zalloc(nprops * sizeof (char *), KM_SLEEP); 4019 4020 for (i = 0; i < nprops; i++) { 4021 mip->mi_priv_prop[i] = kmem_zalloc(MAXLINKPROPNAME, KM_SLEEP); 4022 (void) strlcpy(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], priv_props[i], 4023 MAXLINKPROPNAME); 4024 } 4025 4026 mip->mi_priv_prop_count = nprops; 4027 } 4028 4029 void 4030 mac_unregister_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip) 4031 { 4032 uint_t i; 4033 4034 if (mip->mi_priv_prop_count == 0) { 4035 ASSERT(mip->mi_priv_prop == NULL); 4036 return; 4037 } 4038 4039 for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_priv_prop_count; i++) 4040 kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], MAXLINKPROPNAME); 4041 kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop, mip->mi_priv_prop_count * 4042 sizeof (char *)); 4043 4044 mip->mi_priv_prop = NULL; 4045 mip->mi_priv_prop_count = 0; 4046 } 4047 4048 /* 4049 * mac_ring_t 'mr' macros. Some rogue drivers may access ring structure 4050 * (by invoking mac_rx()) even after processing mac_stop_ring(). In such 4051 * cases if MAC free's the ring structure after mac_stop_ring(), any 4052 * illegal access to the ring structure coming from the driver will panic 4053 * the system. In order to protect the system from such inadverent access, 4054 * we maintain a cache of rings in the mac_impl_t after they get free'd up. 4055 * When packets are received on free'd up rings, MAC (through the generation 4056 * count mechanism) will drop such packets. 4057 */ 4058 static mac_ring_t * 4059 mac_ring_alloc(mac_impl_t *mip) 4060 { 4061 mac_ring_t *ring; 4062 4063 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4064 if (mip->mi_ring_freelist != NULL) { 4065 ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist; 4066 mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring->mr_next; 4067 bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t)); 4068 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4069 } else { 4070 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4071 ring = kmem_cache_alloc(mac_ring_cache, KM_SLEEP); 4072 } 4073 ASSERT((ring != NULL) && (ring->mr_state == MR_FREE)); 4074 return (ring); 4075 } 4076 4077 static void 4078 mac_ring_free(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *ring) 4079 { 4080 ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE); 4081 4082 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4083 ring->mr_state = MR_FREE; 4084 ring->mr_flag = 0; 4085 ring->mr_next = mip->mi_ring_freelist; 4086 ring->mr_mip = NULL; 4087 mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring; 4088 mac_ring_stat_delete(ring); 4089 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4090 } 4091 4092 static void 4093 mac_ring_freeall(mac_impl_t *mip) 4094 { 4095 mac_ring_t *ring_next; 4096 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4097 mac_ring_t *ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist; 4098 while (ring != NULL) { 4099 ring_next = ring->mr_next; 4100 kmem_cache_free(mac_ring_cache, ring); 4101 ring = ring_next; 4102 } 4103 mip->mi_ring_freelist = NULL; 4104 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4105 } 4106 4107 int 4108 mac_start_ring(mac_ring_t *ring) 4109 { 4110 int rv = 0; 4111 4112 ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE); 4113 4114 if (ring->mr_start != NULL) { 4115 rv = ring->mr_start(ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_gen_num); 4116 if (rv != 0) 4117 return (rv); 4118 } 4119 4120 ring->mr_state = MR_INUSE; 4121 return (rv); 4122 } 4123 4124 void 4125 mac_stop_ring(mac_ring_t *ring) 4126 { 4127 ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE); 4128 4129 if (ring->mr_stop != NULL) 4130 ring->mr_stop(ring->mr_driver); 4131 4132 ring->mr_state = MR_FREE; 4133 4134 /* 4135 * Increment the ring generation number for this ring. 4136 */ 4137 ring->mr_gen_num++; 4138 } 4139 4140 int 4141 mac_start_group(mac_group_t *group) 4142 { 4143 int rv = 0; 4144 4145 if (group->mrg_start != NULL) 4146 rv = group->mrg_start(group->mrg_driver); 4147 4148 return (rv); 4149 } 4150 4151 void 4152 mac_stop_group(mac_group_t *group) 4153 { 4154 if (group->mrg_stop != NULL) 4155 group->mrg_stop(group->mrg_driver); 4156 } 4157 4158 /* 4159 * Called from mac_start() on the default Rx group. Broadcast and multicast 4160 * packets are received only on the default group. Hence the default group 4161 * needs to be up even if the primary client is not up, for the other groups 4162 * to be functional. We do this by calling this function at mac_start time 4163 * itself. However the broadcast packets that are received can't make their 4164 * way beyond mac_rx until a mac client creates a broadcast flow. 4165 */ 4166 static int 4167 mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group) 4168 { 4169 mac_ring_t *ring; 4170 int rv = 0; 4171 4172 ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 4173 if ((rv = mac_start_group(group)) != 0) 4174 return (rv); 4175 4176 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) { 4177 ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE); 4178 4179 if ((rv = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0) 4180 goto error; 4181 4182 /* 4183 * When aggr_set_port_sdu() is called, it will remove 4184 * the port client's unicast address. This will cause 4185 * MAC to stop the default group's rings on the port 4186 * MAC. After it modifies the SDU, it will then re-add 4187 * the unicast address. At which time, this function is 4188 * called to start the default group's rings. Normally 4189 * this function would set the classify type to 4190 * MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER; but that will break aggr which 4191 * relies on the passthru classify mode being set for 4192 * correct delivery (see mac_rx_common()). To avoid 4193 * that, we check for a passthru callback and set the 4194 * classify type to MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER; as it was 4195 * before the rings were stopped. 4196 */ 4197 ring->mr_classify_type = (ring->mr_pt_fn != NULL) ? 4198 MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER : MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER; 4199 } 4200 return (0); 4201 4202 error: 4203 mac_stop_group_and_rings(group); 4204 return (rv); 4205 } 4206 4207 /* Called from mac_stop on the default Rx group */ 4208 static void 4209 mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group) 4210 { 4211 mac_ring_t *ring; 4212 4213 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) { 4214 if (ring->mr_state != MR_FREE) { 4215 mac_stop_ring(ring); 4216 ring->mr_flag = 0; 4217 ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_NO_CLASSIFIER; 4218 } 4219 } 4220 mac_stop_group(group); 4221 } 4222 4223 4224 static mac_ring_t * 4225 mac_init_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int index, 4226 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings) 4227 { 4228 mac_ring_t *ring, *rnext; 4229 mac_ring_info_t ring_info; 4230 ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle; 4231 4232 ring = mac_ring_alloc(mip); 4233 4234 /* Prepare basic information of ring */ 4235 4236 /* 4237 * Ring index is numbered to be unique across a particular device. 4238 * Ring index computation makes following assumptions: 4239 * - For drivers with static grouping (e.g. ixgbe, bge), 4240 * ring index exchanged with the driver (e.g. during mr_rget) 4241 * is unique only across the group the ring belongs to. 4242 * - Drivers with dynamic grouping (e.g. nxge), start 4243 * with single group (mrg_index = 0). 4244 */ 4245 ring->mr_index = group->mrg_index * group->mrg_info.mgi_count + index; 4246 ring->mr_type = group->mrg_type; 4247 ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group; 4248 4249 /* Insert the new ring to the list. */ 4250 ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings; 4251 group->mrg_rings = ring; 4252 4253 /* Zero to reuse the info data structure */ 4254 bzero(&ring_info, sizeof (ring_info)); 4255 4256 /* Query ring information from driver */ 4257 cap_rings->mr_rget(mip->mi_driver, group->mrg_type, group->mrg_index, 4258 index, &ring_info, (mac_ring_handle_t)ring); 4259 4260 ring->mr_info = ring_info; 4261 4262 /* 4263 * The interrupt handle could be shared among multiple rings. 4264 * Thus if there is a bunch of rings that are sharing an 4265 * interrupt, then only one ring among the bunch will be made 4266 * available for interrupt re-targeting; the rest will have 4267 * ddi_shared flag set to TRUE and would not be available for 4268 * be interrupt re-targeting. 4269 */ 4270 if ((ddi_handle = ring_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle) != NULL) { 4271 rnext = ring->mr_next; 4272 while (rnext != NULL) { 4273 if (rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle == 4274 ddi_handle) { 4275 /* 4276 * If default ring (mr_index == 0) is part 4277 * of a group of rings sharing an 4278 * interrupt, then set ddi_shared flag for 4279 * the default ring and give another ring 4280 * the chance to be re-targeted. 4281 */ 4282 if (rnext->mr_index == 0 && 4283 !rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) { 4284 rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 4285 B_TRUE; 4286 } else { 4287 ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 4288 B_TRUE; 4289 } 4290 break; 4291 } 4292 rnext = rnext->mr_next; 4293 } 4294 /* 4295 * If rnext is NULL, then no matching ddi_handle was found. 4296 * Rx rings get registered first. So if this is a Tx ring, 4297 * then go through all the Rx rings and see if there is a 4298 * matching ddi handle. 4299 */ 4300 if (rnext == NULL && ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) { 4301 mac_compare_ddi_handle(mip->mi_rx_groups, 4302 mip->mi_rx_group_count, ring); 4303 } 4304 } 4305 4306 /* Update ring's status */ 4307 ring->mr_state = MR_FREE; 4308 ring->mr_flag = 0; 4309 4310 /* Update the ring count of the group */ 4311 group->mrg_cur_count++; 4312 4313 /* Create per ring kstats */ 4314 if (ring->mr_stat != NULL) { 4315 ring->mr_mip = mip; 4316 mac_ring_stat_create(ring); 4317 } 4318 4319 return (ring); 4320 } 4321 4322 /* 4323 * Rings are chained together for easy regrouping. 4324 */ 4325 static void 4326 mac_init_group(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int size, 4327 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings) 4328 { 4329 int index; 4330 4331 /* 4332 * Initialize all ring members of this group. Size of zero will not 4333 * enter the loop, so it's safe for initializing an empty group. 4334 */ 4335 for (index = size - 1; index >= 0; index--) 4336 (void) mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings); 4337 } 4338 4339 int 4340 mac_init_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype) 4341 { 4342 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings; 4343 mac_group_t *group; 4344 mac_group_t *groups; 4345 mac_group_info_t group_info; 4346 uint_t group_free = 0; 4347 uint_t ring_left; 4348 mac_ring_t *ring; 4349 int g; 4350 int err = 0; 4351 uint_t grpcnt; 4352 boolean_t pseudo_txgrp = B_FALSE; 4353 4354 switch (rtype) { 4355 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4356 ASSERT(mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL); 4357 4358 cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap; 4359 cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_RX; 4360 break; 4361 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4362 ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL); 4363 4364 cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap; 4365 cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_TX; 4366 break; 4367 default: 4368 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 4369 } 4370 4371 if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_RINGS, cap_rings)) 4372 return (0); 4373 grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_gnum; 4374 4375 /* 4376 * If we have multiple TX rings, but only one TX group, we can 4377 * create pseudo TX groups (one per TX ring) in the MAC layer, 4378 * except for an aggr. For an aggr currently we maintain only 4379 * one group with all the rings (for all its ports), going 4380 * forwards we might change this. 4381 */ 4382 if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX && 4383 cap_rings->mr_gnum == 0 && cap_rings->mr_rnum > 0 && 4384 (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR) == 0) { 4385 /* 4386 * The -1 here is because we create a default TX group 4387 * with all the rings in it. 4388 */ 4389 grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_rnum - 1; 4390 pseudo_txgrp = B_TRUE; 4391 } 4392 4393 /* 4394 * Allocate a contiguous buffer for all groups. 4395 */ 4396 groups = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_group_t) * (grpcnt+ 1), KM_SLEEP); 4397 4398 ring_left = cap_rings->mr_rnum; 4399 4400 /* 4401 * Get all ring groups if any, and get their ring members 4402 * if any. 4403 */ 4404 for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) { 4405 group = groups + g; 4406 4407 /* Prepare basic information of the group */ 4408 group->mrg_index = g; 4409 group->mrg_type = rtype; 4410 group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT; 4411 group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip; 4412 group->mrg_next = group + 1; 4413 4414 /* Zero to reuse the info data structure */ 4415 bzero(&group_info, sizeof (group_info)); 4416 4417 if (pseudo_txgrp) { 4418 /* 4419 * This is a pseudo group that we created, apart 4420 * from setting the state there is nothing to be 4421 * done. 4422 */ 4423 group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED; 4424 group_free++; 4425 continue; 4426 } 4427 /* Query group information from driver */ 4428 cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, g, &group_info, 4429 (mac_group_handle_t)group); 4430 4431 switch (cap_rings->mr_group_type) { 4432 case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC: 4433 if (cap_rings->mr_gaddring == NULL || 4434 cap_rings->mr_gremring == NULL) { 4435 DTRACE_PROBE3( 4436 mac__init__rings_no_addremring, 4437 char *, mip->mi_name, 4438 mac_group_add_ring_t, 4439 cap_rings->mr_gaddring, 4440 mac_group_add_ring_t, 4441 cap_rings->mr_gremring); 4442 err = EINVAL; 4443 goto bail; 4444 } 4445 4446 switch (rtype) { 4447 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4448 /* 4449 * The first RX group must have non-zero 4450 * rings, and the following groups must 4451 * have zero rings. 4452 */ 4453 if (g == 0 && group_info.mgi_count == 0) { 4454 DTRACE_PROBE1( 4455 mac__init__rings__rx__def__zero, 4456 char *, mip->mi_name); 4457 err = EINVAL; 4458 goto bail; 4459 } 4460 if (g > 0 && group_info.mgi_count != 0) { 4461 DTRACE_PROBE3( 4462 mac__init__rings__rx__nonzero, 4463 char *, mip->mi_name, 4464 int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count); 4465 err = EINVAL; 4466 goto bail; 4467 } 4468 break; 4469 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4470 /* 4471 * All TX ring groups must have zero rings. 4472 */ 4473 if (group_info.mgi_count != 0) { 4474 DTRACE_PROBE3( 4475 mac__init__rings__tx__nonzero, 4476 char *, mip->mi_name, 4477 int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count); 4478 err = EINVAL; 4479 goto bail; 4480 } 4481 break; 4482 } 4483 break; 4484 case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC: 4485 /* 4486 * Note that an empty group is allowed, e.g., an aggr 4487 * would start with an empty group. 4488 */ 4489 break; 4490 default: 4491 /* unknown group type */ 4492 DTRACE_PROBE2(mac__init__rings__unknown__type, 4493 char *, mip->mi_name, 4494 int, cap_rings->mr_group_type); 4495 err = EINVAL; 4496 goto bail; 4497 } 4498 4499 4500 /* 4501 * The driver must register some form of hardware MAC 4502 * filter in order for Rx groups to support multiple 4503 * MAC addresses. 4504 */ 4505 if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 4506 (group_info.mgi_addmac == NULL || 4507 group_info.mgi_remmac == NULL)) { 4508 DTRACE_PROBE1(mac__init__rings__no__mac__filter, 4509 char *, mip->mi_name); 4510 err = EINVAL; 4511 goto bail; 4512 } 4513 4514 /* Cache driver-supplied information */ 4515 group->mrg_info = group_info; 4516 4517 /* Update the group's status and group count. */ 4518 mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 4519 group_free++; 4520 4521 group->mrg_rings = NULL; 4522 group->mrg_cur_count = 0; 4523 mac_init_group(mip, group, group_info.mgi_count, cap_rings); 4524 ring_left -= group_info.mgi_count; 4525 4526 /* The current group size should be equal to default value */ 4527 ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == group_info.mgi_count); 4528 } 4529 4530 /* Build up a dummy group for free resources as a pool */ 4531 group = groups + grpcnt; 4532 4533 /* Prepare basic information of the group */ 4534 group->mrg_index = -1; 4535 group->mrg_type = rtype; 4536 group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT; 4537 group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip; 4538 group->mrg_next = NULL; 4539 4540 /* 4541 * If there are ungrouped rings, allocate a continuous buffer for 4542 * remaining resources. 4543 */ 4544 if (ring_left != 0) { 4545 group->mrg_rings = NULL; 4546 group->mrg_cur_count = 0; 4547 mac_init_group(mip, group, ring_left, cap_rings); 4548 4549 /* The current group size should be equal to ring_left */ 4550 ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == ring_left); 4551 4552 ring_left = 0; 4553 4554 /* Update this group's status */ 4555 mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 4556 } else { 4557 group->mrg_rings = NULL; 4558 } 4559 4560 ASSERT(ring_left == 0); 4561 4562 bail: 4563 4564 /* Cache other important information to finalize the initialization */ 4565 switch (rtype) { 4566 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4567 mip->mi_rx_group_type = cap_rings->mr_group_type; 4568 mip->mi_rx_group_count = cap_rings->mr_gnum; 4569 mip->mi_rx_groups = groups; 4570 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = groups; 4571 if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 4572 /* 4573 * The default ring is reserved since it is 4574 * used for sending the broadcast etc. packets. 4575 */ 4576 mip->mi_rxrings_avail = 4577 mip->mi_rx_groups->mrg_cur_count - 1; 4578 mip->mi_rxrings_rsvd = 1; 4579 } 4580 /* 4581 * The default group cannot be reserved. It is used by 4582 * all the clients that do not have an exclusive group. 4583 */ 4584 mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_rx_group_count - 1; 4585 mip->mi_rxhwclnt_used = 1; 4586 break; 4587 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4588 mip->mi_tx_group_type = pseudo_txgrp ? MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC : 4589 cap_rings->mr_group_type; 4590 mip->mi_tx_group_count = grpcnt; 4591 mip->mi_tx_group_free = group_free; 4592 mip->mi_tx_groups = groups; 4593 4594 group = groups + grpcnt; 4595 ring = group->mrg_rings; 4596 /* 4597 * The ring can be NULL in the case of aggr. Aggr will 4598 * have an empty Tx group which will get populated 4599 * later when pseudo Tx rings are added after 4600 * mac_register() is done. 4601 */ 4602 if (ring == NULL) { 4603 ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR); 4604 /* 4605 * pass the group to aggr so it can add Tx 4606 * rings to the group later. 4607 */ 4608 cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, 0, NULL, 4609 (mac_group_handle_t)group); 4610 /* 4611 * Even though there are no rings at this time 4612 * (rings will come later), set the group 4613 * state to registered. 4614 */ 4615 group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED; 4616 } else { 4617 /* 4618 * Ring 0 is used as the default one and it could be 4619 * assigned to a client as well. 4620 */ 4621 while ((ring->mr_index != 0) && (ring->mr_next != NULL)) 4622 ring = ring->mr_next; 4623 ASSERT(ring->mr_index == 0); 4624 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring; 4625 } 4626 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 4627 mip->mi_txrings_avail = group->mrg_cur_count - 1; 4628 /* 4629 * The default ring cannot be reserved. 4630 */ 4631 mip->mi_txrings_rsvd = 1; 4632 } 4633 /* 4634 * The default group cannot be reserved. It will be shared 4635 * by clients that do not have an exclusive group. 4636 */ 4637 mip->mi_txhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_tx_group_count; 4638 mip->mi_txhwclnt_used = 1; 4639 break; 4640 default: 4641 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 4642 } 4643 4644 if (err != 0) 4645 mac_free_rings(mip, rtype); 4646 4647 return (err); 4648 } 4649 4650 /* 4651 * The ddi interrupt handle could be shared amoung rings. If so, compare 4652 * the new ring's ddi handle with the existing ones and set ddi_shared 4653 * flag. 4654 */ 4655 void 4656 mac_compare_ddi_handle(mac_group_t *groups, uint_t grpcnt, mac_ring_t *cring) 4657 { 4658 mac_group_t *group; 4659 mac_ring_t *ring; 4660 ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle; 4661 int g; 4662 4663 ddi_handle = cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle; 4664 for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) { 4665 group = groups + g; 4666 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; 4667 ring = ring->mr_next) { 4668 if (ring == cring) 4669 continue; 4670 if (ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle == 4671 ddi_handle) { 4672 if (cring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 4673 ring->mr_index == 0 && 4674 !ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) { 4675 ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 4676 B_TRUE; 4677 } else { 4678 cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 4679 B_TRUE; 4680 } 4681 return; 4682 } 4683 } 4684 } 4685 } 4686 4687 /* 4688 * Called to free all groups of particular type (RX or TX). It's assumed that 4689 * no clients are using these groups. 4690 */ 4691 void 4692 mac_free_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype) 4693 { 4694 mac_group_t *group, *groups; 4695 uint_t group_count; 4696 4697 switch (rtype) { 4698 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4699 if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) 4700 return; 4701 4702 groups = mip->mi_rx_groups; 4703 group_count = mip->mi_rx_group_count; 4704 4705 mip->mi_rx_groups = NULL; 4706 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = NULL; 4707 mip->mi_rx_group_count = 0; 4708 break; 4709 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4710 ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_group_count == mip->mi_tx_group_free); 4711 4712 if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL) 4713 return; 4714 4715 groups = mip->mi_tx_groups; 4716 group_count = mip->mi_tx_group_count; 4717 4718 mip->mi_tx_groups = NULL; 4719 mip->mi_tx_group_count = 0; 4720 mip->mi_tx_group_free = 0; 4721 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = NULL; 4722 break; 4723 default: 4724 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 4725 } 4726 4727 for (group = groups; group != NULL; group = group->mrg_next) { 4728 mac_ring_t *ring; 4729 4730 if (group->mrg_cur_count == 0) 4731 continue; 4732 4733 ASSERT(group->mrg_rings != NULL); 4734 4735 while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) { 4736 group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next; 4737 mac_ring_free(mip, ring); 4738 } 4739 } 4740 4741 /* Free all the cached rings */ 4742 mac_ring_freeall(mip); 4743 /* Free the block of group data strutures */ 4744 kmem_free(groups, sizeof (mac_group_t) * (group_count + 1)); 4745 } 4746 4747 /* 4748 * Associate the VLAN filter to the receive group. 4749 */ 4750 int 4751 mac_group_addvlan(mac_group_t *group, uint16_t vlan) 4752 { 4753 VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 4754 VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_addvlan, !=, NULL); 4755 4756 if (vlan > VLAN_ID_MAX) 4757 return (EINVAL); 4758 4759 vlan = MAC_VLAN_UNTAGGED_VID(vlan); 4760 return (group->mrg_info.mgi_addvlan(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, vlan)); 4761 } 4762 4763 /* 4764 * Dissociate the VLAN from the receive group. 4765 */ 4766 int 4767 mac_group_remvlan(mac_group_t *group, uint16_t vlan) 4768 { 4769 VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 4770 VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_remvlan, !=, NULL); 4771 4772 if (vlan > VLAN_ID_MAX) 4773 return (EINVAL); 4774 4775 vlan = MAC_VLAN_UNTAGGED_VID(vlan); 4776 return (group->mrg_info.mgi_remvlan(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, vlan)); 4777 } 4778 4779 /* 4780 * Associate a MAC address with a receive group. 4781 * 4782 * The return value of this function should always be checked properly, because 4783 * any type of failure could cause unexpected results. A group can be added 4784 * or removed with a MAC address only after it has been reserved. Ideally, 4785 * a successful reservation always leads to calling mac_group_addmac() to 4786 * steer desired traffic. Failure of adding an unicast MAC address doesn't 4787 * always imply that the group is functioning abnormally. 4788 * 4789 * Currently this function is called everywhere, and it reflects assumptions 4790 * about MAC addresses in the implementation. CR 6735196. 4791 */ 4792 int 4793 mac_group_addmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr) 4794 { 4795 VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 4796 VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac, !=, NULL); 4797 4798 return (group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr)); 4799 } 4800 4801 /* 4802 * Remove the association between MAC address and receive group. 4803 */ 4804 int 4805 mac_group_remmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr) 4806 { 4807 VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 4808 VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac, !=, NULL); 4809 4810 return (group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr)); 4811 } 4812 4813 /* 4814 * This is the entry point for packets transmitted through the bridge 4815 * code. If no bridge is in place, mac_ring_tx() transmits via the tx 4816 * ring. The 'rh' pointer may be NULL to select the default ring. 4817 */ 4818 mblk_t * 4819 mac_bridge_tx(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp) 4820 { 4821 mac_handle_t mh; 4822 4823 /* 4824 * Once we take a reference on the bridge link, the bridge 4825 * module itself can't unload, so the callback pointers are 4826 * stable. 4827 */ 4828 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 4829 if ((mh = mip->mi_bridge_link) != NULL) 4830 mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_TRUE); 4831 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 4832 if (mh == NULL) { 4833 mp = mac_ring_tx((mac_handle_t)mip, rh, mp); 4834 } else { 4835 /* 4836 * The bridge may place this mblk on a provider's Tx 4837 * path, a mac's Rx path, or both. Since we don't have 4838 * enough information at this point, we can't be sure 4839 * that the destination(s) are capable of handling the 4840 * hardware offloads requested by the mblk. We emulate 4841 * them here as it is the safest choice. In the 4842 * future, if bridge performance becomes a priority, 4843 * we can elide the emulation here and leave the 4844 * choice up to bridge. 4845 * 4846 * We don't clear the DB_CKSUMFLAGS here because 4847 * HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM (Tx) and HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM_OK 4848 * (Rx) still have the same value. If the bridge 4849 * receives a packet from a HCKSUM_IPHDRCKSUM NIC then 4850 * the mac(s) it is forwarded on may calculate the 4851 * checksum again, but incorrectly (because the 4852 * checksum field is not zero). Until the 4853 * HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM/HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM_OK issue is 4854 * resovled, we leave the flag clearing in bridge 4855 * itself. 4856 */ 4857 if ((DB_CKSUMFLAGS(mp) & (HCK_TX_FLAGS | HW_LSO_FLAGS)) != 0) { 4858 mac_hw_emul(&mp, NULL, NULL, MAC_ALL_EMULS); 4859 } 4860 4861 mp = mac_bridge_tx_cb(mh, rh, mp); 4862 mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_FALSE); 4863 } 4864 4865 return (mp); 4866 } 4867 4868 /* 4869 * Find a ring from its index. 4870 */ 4871 mac_ring_handle_t 4872 mac_find_ring(mac_group_handle_t gh, int index) 4873 { 4874 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 4875 mac_ring_t *ring = group->mrg_rings; 4876 4877 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) 4878 if (ring->mr_index == index) 4879 break; 4880 4881 return ((mac_ring_handle_t)ring); 4882 } 4883 /* 4884 * Add a ring to an existing group. 4885 * 4886 * The ring must be either passed directly (for example if the ring 4887 * movement is initiated by the framework), or specified through a driver 4888 * index (for example when the ring is added by the driver. 4889 * 4890 * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function. 4891 */ 4892 int 4893 i_mac_group_add_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring, int index) 4894 { 4895 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh; 4896 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings; 4897 boolean_t driver_call = (ring == NULL); 4898 mac_group_type_t group_type; 4899 int ret = 0; 4900 flow_entry_t *flent; 4901 4902 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 4903 4904 switch (group->mrg_type) { 4905 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4906 cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap; 4907 group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type; 4908 break; 4909 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4910 cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap; 4911 group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type; 4912 break; 4913 default: 4914 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 4915 } 4916 4917 /* 4918 * There should be no ring with the same ring index in the target 4919 * group. 4920 */ 4921 ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group, 4922 driver_call ? index : ring->mr_index) == NULL); 4923 4924 if (driver_call) { 4925 /* 4926 * The function is called as a result of a request from 4927 * a driver to add a ring to an existing group, for example 4928 * from the aggregation driver. Allocate a new mac_ring_t 4929 * for that ring. 4930 */ 4931 ring = mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings); 4932 ASSERT(group->mrg_state > MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT); 4933 } else { 4934 /* 4935 * The function is called as a result of a MAC layer request 4936 * to add a ring to an existing group. In this case the 4937 * ring is being moved between groups, which requires 4938 * the underlying driver to support dynamic grouping, 4939 * and the mac_ring_t already exists. 4940 */ 4941 ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC); 4942 ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL || 4943 cap_rings->mr_gaddring != NULL); 4944 ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == NULL); 4945 } 4946 4947 /* 4948 * At this point the ring should not be in use, and it should be 4949 * of the right for the target group. 4950 */ 4951 ASSERT(ring->mr_state < MR_INUSE); 4952 ASSERT(ring->mr_srs == NULL); 4953 ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type); 4954 4955 if (!driver_call) { 4956 /* 4957 * Add the driver level hardware ring if the process was not 4958 * initiated by the driver, and the target group is not the 4959 * group. 4960 */ 4961 if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) { 4962 cap_rings->mr_gaddring(group->mrg_driver, 4963 ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type); 4964 } 4965 4966 /* 4967 * Insert the ring ahead existing rings. 4968 */ 4969 ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings; 4970 group->mrg_rings = ring; 4971 ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group; 4972 group->mrg_cur_count++; 4973 } 4974 4975 /* 4976 * If the group has not been actively used, we're done. 4977 */ 4978 if (group->mrg_index != -1 && 4979 group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) 4980 return (0); 4981 4982 /* 4983 * Start the ring if needed. Failure causes to undo the grouping action. 4984 */ 4985 if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) { 4986 if ((ret = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0) { 4987 if (!driver_call) { 4988 cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver, 4989 ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type); 4990 } 4991 group->mrg_cur_count--; 4992 group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next; 4993 4994 ring->mr_gh = NULL; 4995 4996 if (driver_call) 4997 mac_ring_free(mip, ring); 4998 4999 return (ret); 5000 } 5001 } 5002 5003 /* 5004 * Set up SRS/SR according to the ring type. 5005 */ 5006 switch (ring->mr_type) { 5007 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 5008 /* 5009 * Setup an SRS on top of the new ring if the group is 5010 * reserved for someone's exclusive use. 5011 */ 5012 if (group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 5013 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group); 5014 5015 VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL); 5016 flent = mcip->mci_flent; 5017 VERIFY3S(flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt, >, 0); 5018 mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK); 5019 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 5020 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL); 5021 } else { 5022 ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER; 5023 } 5024 break; 5025 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 5026 { 5027 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp = group->mrg_clients; 5028 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 5029 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 5030 mac_srs_tx_t *tx; 5031 5032 if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)) { 5033 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) 5034 mac_stop_ring(ring); 5035 ring->mr_flag = 0; 5036 break; 5037 } 5038 /* 5039 * If the rings are being moved to a group that has 5040 * clients using it, then add the new rings to the 5041 * clients SRS. 5042 */ 5043 while (mgcp != NULL) { 5044 boolean_t is_aggr; 5045 5046 mcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 5047 flent = mcip->mci_flent; 5048 is_aggr = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR_CLIENT); 5049 mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 5050 tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx; 5051 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5052 /* 5053 * If we are growing from 1 to multiple rings. 5054 */ 5055 if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW || 5056 tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE || 5057 tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) { 5058 mac_ring_t *tx_ring = tx->st_arg2; 5059 5060 tx->st_arg2 = NULL; 5061 mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_TRUE); 5062 mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, tx_ring); 5063 if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) { 5064 tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_BW_AGGR : 5065 SRS_TX_BW_FANOUT; 5066 } else { 5067 tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_AGGR : 5068 SRS_TX_FANOUT; 5069 } 5070 tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode); 5071 } 5072 mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, ring); 5073 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 5074 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL); 5075 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5076 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 5077 } 5078 break; 5079 } 5080 default: 5081 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 5082 } 5083 /* 5084 * For aggr, the default ring will be NULL to begin with. If it 5085 * is NULL, then pick the first ring that gets added as the 5086 * default ring. Any ring in an aggregation can be removed at 5087 * any time (by the user action of removing a link) and if the 5088 * current default ring gets removed, then a new one gets 5089 * picked (see i_mac_group_rem_ring()). 5090 */ 5091 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR && 5092 mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL && 5093 ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) { 5094 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring; 5095 } 5096 5097 MAC_RING_UNMARK(ring, MR_INCIPIENT); 5098 return (0); 5099 } 5100 5101 /* 5102 * Remove a ring from it's current group. MAC internal function for dynamic 5103 * grouping. 5104 * 5105 * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function. 5106 */ 5107 void 5108 i_mac_group_rem_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring, 5109 boolean_t driver_call) 5110 { 5111 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh; 5112 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings = NULL; 5113 mac_group_type_t group_type; 5114 5115 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5116 5117 ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group, 5118 ring->mr_index) == (mac_ring_handle_t)ring); 5119 ASSERT((mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh == group); 5120 ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type); 5121 5122 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) 5123 mac_stop_ring(ring); 5124 switch (ring->mr_type) { 5125 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 5126 group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type; 5127 cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap; 5128 5129 /* 5130 * Only hardware classified packets hold a reference to the 5131 * ring all the way up the Rx path. mac_rx_srs_remove() 5132 * will take care of quiescing the Rx path and removing the 5133 * SRS. The software classified path neither holds a reference 5134 * nor any association with the ring in mac_rx. 5135 */ 5136 if (ring->mr_srs != NULL) { 5137 mac_rx_srs_remove(ring->mr_srs); 5138 ring->mr_srs = NULL; 5139 } 5140 5141 break; 5142 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 5143 { 5144 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 5145 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 5146 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 5147 mac_srs_tx_t *tx; 5148 mac_ring_t *rem_ring; 5149 mac_group_t *defgrp; 5150 uint_t ring_info = 0; 5151 5152 /* 5153 * For TX this function is invoked in three 5154 * cases: 5155 * 5156 * 1) In the case of a failure during the 5157 * initial creation of a group when a share is 5158 * associated with a MAC client. So the SRS is not 5159 * yet setup, and will be setup later after the 5160 * group has been reserved and populated. 5161 * 5162 * 2) From mac_release_tx_group() when freeing 5163 * a TX SRS. 5164 * 5165 * 3) In the case of aggr, when a port gets removed, 5166 * the pseudo Tx rings that it exposed gets removed. 5167 * 5168 * In the first two cases the SRS and its soft 5169 * rings are already quiesced. 5170 */ 5171 if (driver_call) { 5172 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 5173 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 5174 mac_soft_ring_t *sringp; 5175 mac_srs_tx_t *srs_tx; 5176 5177 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR && 5178 mip->mi_default_tx_ring == 5179 (mac_ring_handle_t)ring) { 5180 /* pick a new default Tx ring */ 5181 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = 5182 (group->mrg_rings != ring) ? 5183 (mac_ring_handle_t)group->mrg_rings : 5184 (mac_ring_handle_t)(ring->mr_next); 5185 } 5186 /* Presently only aggr case comes here */ 5187 if (group->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) 5188 break; 5189 5190 mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group); 5191 ASSERT(mcip != NULL); 5192 ASSERT(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR_CLIENT); 5193 mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 5194 ASSERT(mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_AGGR || 5195 mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_BW_AGGR); 5196 srs_tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx; 5197 /* 5198 * Wakeup any callers blocked on this 5199 * Tx ring due to flow control. 5200 */ 5201 sringp = srs_tx->st_soft_rings[ring->mr_index]; 5202 ASSERT(sringp != NULL); 5203 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, (mac_tx_cookie_t)sringp); 5204 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5205 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring); 5206 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5207 break; 5208 } 5209 ASSERT(ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring); 5210 group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type; 5211 cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap; 5212 /* 5213 * See if we need to take it out of the MAC clients using 5214 * this group 5215 */ 5216 if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)) 5217 break; 5218 mgcp = group->mrg_clients; 5219 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 5220 while (mgcp != NULL) { 5221 mcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 5222 mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 5223 tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx; 5224 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5225 /* 5226 * If we are here when removing rings from the 5227 * defgroup, mac_reserve_tx_ring would have 5228 * already deleted the ring from the MAC 5229 * clients in the group. 5230 */ 5231 if (group != defgrp) { 5232 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 5233 (mac_tx_cookie_t) 5234 mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs, ring)); 5235 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring); 5236 } 5237 /* 5238 * Additionally, if we are left with only 5239 * one ring in the group after this, we need 5240 * to modify the mode etc. to. (We haven't 5241 * yet taken the ring out, so we check with 2). 5242 */ 5243 if (group->mrg_cur_count == 2) { 5244 if (ring->mr_next == NULL) 5245 rem_ring = group->mrg_rings; 5246 else 5247 rem_ring = ring->mr_next; 5248 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 5249 (mac_tx_cookie_t) 5250 mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs, 5251 rem_ring)); 5252 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, rem_ring); 5253 if (rem_ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) { 5254 (void) mac_start_ring(rem_ring); 5255 } 5256 tx->st_arg2 = (void *)rem_ring; 5257 mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_FALSE); 5258 ring_info = mac_hwring_getinfo( 5259 (mac_ring_handle_t)rem_ring); 5260 /* 5261 * We are shrinking from multiple 5262 * to 1 ring. 5263 */ 5264 if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) { 5265 tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_BW; 5266 } else if (mac_tx_serialize || 5267 (ring_info & MAC_RING_TX_SERIALIZE)) { 5268 tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_SERIALIZE; 5269 } else { 5270 tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_DEFAULT; 5271 } 5272 tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode); 5273 } 5274 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5275 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 5276 } 5277 break; 5278 } 5279 default: 5280 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 5281 } 5282 5283 /* 5284 * Remove the ring from the group. 5285 */ 5286 if (ring == group->mrg_rings) 5287 group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next; 5288 else { 5289 mac_ring_t *pre; 5290 5291 pre = group->mrg_rings; 5292 while (pre->mr_next != ring) 5293 pre = pre->mr_next; 5294 pre->mr_next = ring->mr_next; 5295 } 5296 group->mrg_cur_count--; 5297 5298 if (!driver_call) { 5299 ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC); 5300 ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL || 5301 cap_rings->mr_gremring != NULL); 5302 5303 /* 5304 * Remove the driver level hardware ring. 5305 */ 5306 if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) { 5307 cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver, 5308 ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type); 5309 } 5310 } 5311 5312 ring->mr_gh = NULL; 5313 if (driver_call) 5314 mac_ring_free(mip, ring); 5315 else 5316 ring->mr_flag = 0; 5317 } 5318 5319 /* 5320 * Move a ring to the target group. If needed, remove the ring from the group 5321 * that it currently belongs to. 5322 * 5323 * The caller need to enter MAC's perimeter by calling mac_perim_enter(). 5324 */ 5325 static int 5326 mac_group_mov_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *d_group, mac_ring_t *ring) 5327 { 5328 mac_group_t *s_group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh; 5329 int rv; 5330 5331 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5332 ASSERT(d_group != NULL); 5333 ASSERT(s_group == NULL || s_group->mrg_mh == d_group->mrg_mh); 5334 5335 if (s_group == d_group) 5336 return (0); 5337 5338 /* 5339 * Remove it from current group first. 5340 */ 5341 if (s_group != NULL) 5342 i_mac_group_rem_ring(s_group, ring, B_FALSE); 5343 5344 /* 5345 * Add it to the new group. 5346 */ 5347 rv = i_mac_group_add_ring(d_group, ring, 0); 5348 if (rv != 0) { 5349 /* 5350 * Failed to add ring back to source group. If 5351 * that fails, the ring is stuck in limbo, log message. 5352 */ 5353 if (i_mac_group_add_ring(s_group, ring, 0)) { 5354 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "%s: failed to move ring %p\n", 5355 mip->mi_name, (void *)ring); 5356 } 5357 } 5358 5359 return (rv); 5360 } 5361 5362 /* 5363 * Find a MAC address according to its value. 5364 */ 5365 mac_address_t * 5366 mac_find_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip, uint8_t *mac_addr) 5367 { 5368 mac_address_t *map; 5369 5370 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5371 5372 for (map = mip->mi_addresses; map != NULL; map = map->ma_next) { 5373 if (bcmp(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len) == 0) 5374 break; 5375 } 5376 5377 return (map); 5378 } 5379 5380 /* 5381 * Check whether the MAC address is shared by multiple clients. 5382 */ 5383 boolean_t 5384 mac_check_macaddr_shared(mac_address_t *map) 5385 { 5386 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)map->ma_mip)); 5387 5388 return (map->ma_nusers > 1); 5389 } 5390 5391 /* 5392 * Remove the specified MAC address from the MAC address list and free it. 5393 */ 5394 static void 5395 mac_free_macaddr(mac_address_t *map) 5396 { 5397 mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip; 5398 5399 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5400 VERIFY3P(mip->mi_addresses, !=, NULL); 5401 5402 VERIFY3P(map, ==, mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr)); 5403 VERIFY3P(map, !=, NULL); 5404 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0); 5405 VERIFY3P(map->ma_vlans, ==, NULL); 5406 5407 if (map == mip->mi_addresses) { 5408 mip->mi_addresses = map->ma_next; 5409 } else { 5410 mac_address_t *pre; 5411 5412 pre = mip->mi_addresses; 5413 while (pre->ma_next != map) 5414 pre = pre->ma_next; 5415 pre->ma_next = map->ma_next; 5416 } 5417 5418 kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t)); 5419 } 5420 5421 static mac_vlan_t * 5422 mac_find_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid) 5423 { 5424 mac_vlan_t *mvp; 5425 5426 for (mvp = map->ma_vlans; mvp != NULL; mvp = mvp->mv_next) { 5427 if (mvp->mv_vid == vid) 5428 return (mvp); 5429 } 5430 5431 return (NULL); 5432 } 5433 5434 static mac_vlan_t * 5435 mac_add_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid) 5436 { 5437 mac_vlan_t *mvp; 5438 5439 /* 5440 * We should never add the same {addr, VID} tuple more 5441 * than once, but let's be sure. 5442 */ 5443 for (mvp = map->ma_vlans; mvp != NULL; mvp = mvp->mv_next) 5444 VERIFY3U(mvp->mv_vid, !=, vid); 5445 5446 /* Add the VLAN to the head of the VLAN list. */ 5447 mvp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_vlan_t), KM_SLEEP); 5448 mvp->mv_vid = vid; 5449 mvp->mv_next = map->ma_vlans; 5450 map->ma_vlans = mvp; 5451 5452 return (mvp); 5453 } 5454 5455 static void 5456 mac_rem_vlan(mac_address_t *map, mac_vlan_t *mvp) 5457 { 5458 mac_vlan_t *pre; 5459 5460 if (map->ma_vlans == mvp) { 5461 map->ma_vlans = mvp->mv_next; 5462 } else { 5463 pre = map->ma_vlans; 5464 while (pre->mv_next != mvp) { 5465 pre = pre->mv_next; 5466 5467 /* 5468 * We've reached the end of the list without 5469 * finding mvp. 5470 */ 5471 VERIFY3P(pre, !=, NULL); 5472 } 5473 pre->mv_next = mvp->mv_next; 5474 } 5475 5476 kmem_free(mvp, sizeof (mac_vlan_t)); 5477 } 5478 5479 /* 5480 * Create a new mac_address_t if this is the first use of the address 5481 * or add a VID to an existing address. In either case, the 5482 * mac_address_t acts as a list of {addr, VID} tuples where each tuple 5483 * shares the same addr. If group is non-NULL then attempt to program 5484 * the MAC's HW filters for this group. Otherwise, if group is NULL, 5485 * then the MAC has no rings and there is nothing to program. 5486 */ 5487 int 5488 mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, uint8_t *addr, 5489 uint16_t vid, boolean_t use_hw) 5490 { 5491 mac_address_t *map; 5492 mac_vlan_t *mvp; 5493 int err = 0; 5494 boolean_t allocated_map = B_FALSE; 5495 boolean_t hw_mac = B_FALSE; 5496 boolean_t hw_vlan = B_FALSE; 5497 5498 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5499 5500 map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, addr); 5501 5502 /* 5503 * If this is the first use of this MAC address then allocate 5504 * and initialize a new structure. 5505 */ 5506 if (map == NULL) { 5507 map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP); 5508 map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length; 5509 bcopy(addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len); 5510 map->ma_nusers = 0; 5511 map->ma_group = group; 5512 map->ma_mip = mip; 5513 map->ma_untagged = B_FALSE; 5514 5515 /* Add the new MAC address to the head of the address list. */ 5516 map->ma_next = mip->mi_addresses; 5517 mip->mi_addresses = map; 5518 5519 allocated_map = B_TRUE; 5520 } 5521 5522 VERIFY(map->ma_group == NULL || map->ma_group == group); 5523 if (map->ma_group == NULL) 5524 map->ma_group = group; 5525 5526 if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE) { 5527 map->ma_untagged = B_TRUE; 5528 mvp = NULL; 5529 } else { 5530 mvp = mac_add_vlan(map, vid); 5531 } 5532 5533 /* 5534 * Set the VLAN HW filter if: 5535 * 5536 * o the MAC's VLAN HW filtering is enabled, and 5537 * o the address does not currently rely on promisc mode. 5538 * 5539 * This is called even when the client specifies an untagged 5540 * address (VLAN_ID_NONE) because some MAC providers require 5541 * setting additional bits to accept untagged traffic when 5542 * VLAN HW filtering is enabled. 5543 */ 5544 if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group) && 5545 map->ma_type != MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC) { 5546 if ((err = mac_group_addvlan(group, vid)) != 0) 5547 goto bail; 5548 5549 hw_vlan = B_TRUE; 5550 } 5551 5552 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, >=, 0); 5553 map->ma_nusers++; 5554 5555 /* 5556 * If this MAC address already has a HW filter then simply 5557 * increment the counter. 5558 */ 5559 if (map->ma_nusers > 1) 5560 return (0); 5561 5562 /* 5563 * All logic from here on out is executed during initial 5564 * creation only. 5565 */ 5566 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 1); 5567 5568 /* 5569 * Activate this MAC address by adding it to the reserved group. 5570 */ 5571 if (group != NULL) { 5572 err = mac_group_addmac(group, (const uint8_t *)addr); 5573 5574 /* 5575 * If the driver is out of filters then we can 5576 * continue and use promisc mode. For any other error, 5577 * assume the driver is in a state where we can't 5578 * program the filters or use promisc mode; so we must 5579 * bail. 5580 */ 5581 if (err != 0 && err != ENOSPC) { 5582 map->ma_nusers--; 5583 goto bail; 5584 } 5585 5586 hw_mac = (err == 0); 5587 } 5588 5589 if (hw_mac) { 5590 map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED; 5591 return (0); 5592 } 5593 5594 /* 5595 * The MAC address addition failed. If the client requires a 5596 * hardware classified MAC address, fail the operation. This 5597 * feature is only used by sun4v vsw. 5598 */ 5599 if (use_hw && !hw_mac) { 5600 err = ENOSPC; 5601 map->ma_nusers--; 5602 goto bail; 5603 } 5604 5605 /* 5606 * If we reach this point then either the MAC doesn't have 5607 * RINGS capability or we are out of MAC address HW filters. 5608 * In any case we must put the MAC into promiscuous mode. 5609 */ 5610 VERIFY(group == NULL || !hw_mac); 5611 5612 /* 5613 * The one exception is the primary address. A non-RINGS 5614 * driver filters the primary address by default; promisc mode 5615 * is not needed. 5616 */ 5617 if ((group == NULL) && 5618 (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) == 0)) { 5619 map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED; 5620 return (0); 5621 } 5622 5623 /* 5624 * Enable promiscuous mode in order to receive traffic to the 5625 * new MAC address. All existing HW filters still send their 5626 * traffic to their respective group/SRSes. But with promisc 5627 * enabled all unknown traffic is delivered to the default 5628 * group where it is SW classified via mac_rx_classify(). 5629 */ 5630 if ((err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_TRUE)) == 0) { 5631 map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC; 5632 return (0); 5633 } 5634 5635 /* 5636 * We failed to set promisc mode and we are about to free 'map'. 5637 */ 5638 map->ma_nusers = 0; 5639 5640 bail: 5641 if (hw_vlan) { 5642 int err2 = mac_group_remvlan(group, vid); 5643 5644 if (err2 != 0) { 5645 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to remove VLAN %u from group" 5646 " %d on MAC %s: %d.", vid, group->mrg_index, 5647 mip->mi_name, err2); 5648 } 5649 } 5650 5651 if (mvp != NULL) 5652 mac_rem_vlan(map, mvp); 5653 5654 if (allocated_map) 5655 mac_free_macaddr(map); 5656 5657 return (err); 5658 } 5659 5660 int 5661 mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid) 5662 { 5663 mac_vlan_t *mvp; 5664 mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip; 5665 mac_group_t *group = map->ma_group; 5666 int err = 0; 5667 5668 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5669 VERIFY3P(map, ==, mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr)); 5670 5671 if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE) { 5672 map->ma_untagged = B_FALSE; 5673 mvp = NULL; 5674 } else { 5675 mvp = mac_find_vlan(map, vid); 5676 VERIFY3P(mvp, !=, NULL); 5677 } 5678 5679 if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group) && 5680 map->ma_type == MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED && 5681 ((err = mac_group_remvlan(group, vid)) != 0)) 5682 return (err); 5683 5684 if (mvp != NULL) 5685 mac_rem_vlan(map, mvp); 5686 5687 /* 5688 * If it's not the last client using this MAC address, only update 5689 * the MAC clients count. 5690 */ 5691 map->ma_nusers--; 5692 if (map->ma_nusers > 0) 5693 return (0); 5694 5695 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0); 5696 5697 /* 5698 * The MAC address is no longer used by any MAC client, so 5699 * remove it from its associated group. Turn off promiscuous 5700 * mode if this is the last address relying on it. 5701 */ 5702 switch (map->ma_type) { 5703 case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED: 5704 /* 5705 * Don't free the preset primary address for drivers that 5706 * don't advertise RINGS capability. 5707 */ 5708 if (group == NULL) 5709 return (0); 5710 5711 if ((err = mac_group_remmac(group, map->ma_addr)) != 0) { 5712 if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE) 5713 map->ma_untagged = B_TRUE; 5714 else 5715 (void) mac_add_vlan(map, vid); 5716 5717 /* 5718 * If we fail to remove the MAC address HW 5719 * filter but then also fail to re-add the 5720 * VLAN HW filter then we are in a busted 5721 * state. We do our best by logging a warning 5722 * and returning the original 'err' that got 5723 * us here. At this point, traffic for this 5724 * address + VLAN combination will be dropped 5725 * until the user reboots the system. In the 5726 * future, it would be nice to have a system 5727 * that can compare the state of expected 5728 * classification according to mac to the 5729 * actual state of the provider, and report 5730 * and fix any inconsistencies. 5731 */ 5732 if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group)) { 5733 int err2; 5734 5735 err2 = mac_group_addvlan(group, vid); 5736 if (err2 != 0) { 5737 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to readd VLAN" 5738 " %u to group %d on MAC %s: %d.", 5739 vid, group->mrg_index, mip->mi_name, 5740 err2); 5741 } 5742 } 5743 5744 map->ma_nusers = 1; 5745 return (err); 5746 } 5747 5748 map->ma_group = NULL; 5749 break; 5750 case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC: 5751 err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_FALSE); 5752 break; 5753 default: 5754 panic("Unexpected ma_type 0x%x, file: %s, line %d", 5755 map->ma_type, __FILE__, __LINE__); 5756 } 5757 5758 if (err != 0) { 5759 map->ma_nusers = 1; 5760 return (err); 5761 } 5762 5763 /* 5764 * We created MAC address for the primary one at registration, so we 5765 * won't free it here. mac_fini_macaddr() will take care of it. 5766 */ 5767 if (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) != 0) 5768 mac_free_macaddr(map); 5769 5770 return (0); 5771 } 5772 5773 /* 5774 * Update an existing MAC address. The caller need to make sure that the new 5775 * value has not been used. 5776 */ 5777 int 5778 mac_update_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr) 5779 { 5780 mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip; 5781 int err = 0; 5782 5783 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5784 ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL); 5785 5786 switch (map->ma_type) { 5787 case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED: 5788 /* 5789 * Update the primary address for drivers that are not 5790 * RINGS capable. 5791 */ 5792 if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) { 5793 err = mip->mi_unicst(mip->mi_driver, (const uint8_t *) 5794 mac_addr); 5795 if (err != 0) 5796 return (err); 5797 break; 5798 } 5799 5800 /* 5801 * If this MAC address is not currently in use, 5802 * simply break out and update the value. 5803 */ 5804 if (map->ma_nusers == 0) 5805 break; 5806 5807 /* 5808 * Need to replace the MAC address associated with a group. 5809 */ 5810 err = mac_group_remmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr); 5811 if (err != 0) 5812 return (err); 5813 5814 err = mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, mac_addr); 5815 5816 /* 5817 * Failure hints hardware error. The MAC layer needs to 5818 * have error notification facility to handle this. 5819 * Now, simply try to restore the value. 5820 */ 5821 if (err != 0) 5822 (void) mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr); 5823 5824 break; 5825 case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC: 5826 /* 5827 * Need to do nothing more if in promiscuous mode. 5828 */ 5829 break; 5830 default: 5831 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 5832 } 5833 5834 /* 5835 * Successfully replaced the MAC address. 5836 */ 5837 if (err == 0) 5838 bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len); 5839 5840 return (err); 5841 } 5842 5843 /* 5844 * Freshen the MAC address with new value. Its caller must have updated the 5845 * hardware MAC address before calling this function. 5846 * This funcitons is supposed to be used to handle the MAC address change 5847 * notification from underlying drivers. 5848 */ 5849 void 5850 mac_freshen_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr) 5851 { 5852 mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip; 5853 5854 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5855 ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL); 5856 5857 /* 5858 * Freshen the MAC address with new value. 5859 */ 5860 bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len); 5861 bcopy(mac_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len); 5862 5863 /* 5864 * Update all MAC clients that share this MAC address. 5865 */ 5866 mac_unicast_update_clients(mip, map); 5867 } 5868 5869 /* 5870 * Set up the primary MAC address. 5871 */ 5872 void 5873 mac_init_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip) 5874 { 5875 mac_address_t *map; 5876 5877 /* 5878 * The reference count is initialized to zero, until it's really 5879 * activated. 5880 */ 5881 map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP); 5882 map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length; 5883 bcopy(mip->mi_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len); 5884 5885 /* 5886 * If driver advertises RINGS capability, it shouldn't have initialized 5887 * its primary MAC address. For other drivers, including VNIC, the 5888 * primary address must work after registration. 5889 */ 5890 if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) 5891 map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED; 5892 5893 map->ma_mip = mip; 5894 5895 mip->mi_addresses = map; 5896 } 5897 5898 /* 5899 * Clean up the primary MAC address. Note, only one primary MAC address 5900 * is allowed. All other MAC addresses must have been freed appropriately. 5901 */ 5902 void 5903 mac_fini_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip) 5904 { 5905 mac_address_t *map = mip->mi_addresses; 5906 5907 if (map == NULL) 5908 return; 5909 5910 /* 5911 * If mi_addresses is initialized, there should be exactly one 5912 * entry left on the list with no users. 5913 */ 5914 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0); 5915 VERIFY3P(map->ma_next, ==, NULL); 5916 VERIFY3P(map->ma_vlans, ==, NULL); 5917 5918 kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t)); 5919 mip->mi_addresses = NULL; 5920 } 5921 5922 /* 5923 * Logging related functions. 5924 * 5925 * Note that Kernel statistics have been extended to maintain fine 5926 * granularity of statistics viz. hardware lane, software lane, fanout 5927 * stats etc. However, extended accounting continues to support only 5928 * aggregate statistics like before. 5929 */ 5930 5931 /* Write the flow description to a netinfo_t record */ 5932 static netinfo_t * 5933 mac_write_flow_desc(flow_entry_t *flent, mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 5934 { 5935 netinfo_t *ninfo; 5936 net_desc_t *ndesc; 5937 flow_desc_t *fdesc; 5938 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 5939 5940 ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 5941 if (ninfo == NULL) 5942 return (NULL); 5943 ndesc = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_desc_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 5944 if (ndesc == NULL) { 5945 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t)); 5946 return (NULL); 5947 } 5948 5949 /* 5950 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc. 5951 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock 5952 */ 5953 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 5954 fdesc = &flent->fe_flow_desc; 5955 mrp = &flent->fe_resource_props; 5956 5957 ndesc->nd_name = flent->fe_flow_name; 5958 ndesc->nd_devname = mcip->mci_name; 5959 bcopy(fdesc->fd_src_mac, ndesc->nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL); 5960 bcopy(fdesc->fd_dst_mac, ndesc->nd_edest, ETHERADDRL); 5961 ndesc->nd_sap = htonl(fdesc->fd_sap); 5962 ndesc->nd_isv4 = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_ipversion == IPV4_VERSION; 5963 ndesc->nd_bw_limit = mrp->mrp_maxbw; 5964 if (ndesc->nd_isv4) { 5965 ndesc->nd_saddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_local_addr.s6_addr32[3]); 5966 ndesc->nd_daddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_remote_addr.s6_addr32[3]); 5967 } else { 5968 bcopy(&fdesc->fd_local_addr, ndesc->nd_saddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN); 5969 bcopy(&fdesc->fd_remote_addr, ndesc->nd_daddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN); 5970 } 5971 ndesc->nd_sport = htons(fdesc->fd_local_port); 5972 ndesc->nd_dport = htons(fdesc->fd_remote_port); 5973 ndesc->nd_protocol = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_protocol; 5974 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 5975 5976 ninfo->ni_record = ndesc; 5977 ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_desc_t); 5978 ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_FLDESC_REC; 5979 5980 return (ninfo); 5981 } 5982 5983 /* Write the flow statistics to a netinfo_t record */ 5984 static netinfo_t * 5985 mac_write_flow_stats(flow_entry_t *flent) 5986 { 5987 netinfo_t *ninfo; 5988 net_stat_t *nstat; 5989 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 5990 mac_rx_stats_t *mac_rx_stat; 5991 mac_tx_stats_t *mac_tx_stat; 5992 int i; 5993 5994 ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 5995 if (ninfo == NULL) 5996 return (NULL); 5997 nstat = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_stat_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 5998 if (nstat == NULL) { 5999 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t)); 6000 return (NULL); 6001 } 6002 6003 nstat->ns_name = flent->fe_flow_name; 6004 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 6005 mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]; 6006 mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat; 6007 6008 nstat->ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes + 6009 mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes; 6010 nstat->ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt + 6011 mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt; 6012 nstat->ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors; 6013 } 6014 6015 mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(flent->fe_tx_srs); 6016 if (mac_srs != NULL) { 6017 mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat; 6018 6019 nstat->ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes; 6020 nstat->ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets; 6021 nstat->ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors; 6022 } 6023 6024 ninfo->ni_record = nstat; 6025 ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_stat_t); 6026 ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_FLSTAT_REC; 6027 6028 return (ninfo); 6029 } 6030 6031 /* Write the link description to a netinfo_t record */ 6032 static netinfo_t * 6033 mac_write_link_desc(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 6034 { 6035 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6036 net_desc_t *ndesc; 6037 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 6038 6039 ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 6040 if (ninfo == NULL) 6041 return (NULL); 6042 ndesc = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_desc_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 6043 if (ndesc == NULL) { 6044 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t)); 6045 return (NULL); 6046 } 6047 6048 ndesc->nd_name = mcip->mci_name; 6049 ndesc->nd_devname = mcip->mci_name; 6050 ndesc->nd_isv4 = B_TRUE; 6051 /* 6052 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc. 6053 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock 6054 * after removing the flent from the flow table. 6055 */ 6056 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 6057 bcopy(flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_src_mac, ndesc->nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL); 6058 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 6059 6060 ninfo->ni_record = ndesc; 6061 ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_desc_t); 6062 ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_LNDESC_REC; 6063 6064 return (ninfo); 6065 } 6066 6067 /* Write the link statistics to a netinfo_t record */ 6068 static netinfo_t * 6069 mac_write_link_stats(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 6070 { 6071 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6072 net_stat_t *nstat; 6073 flow_entry_t *flent; 6074 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 6075 mac_rx_stats_t *mac_rx_stat; 6076 mac_tx_stats_t *mac_tx_stat; 6077 int i; 6078 6079 ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 6080 if (ninfo == NULL) 6081 return (NULL); 6082 nstat = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_stat_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 6083 if (nstat == NULL) { 6084 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t)); 6085 return (NULL); 6086 } 6087 6088 nstat->ns_name = mcip->mci_name; 6089 flent = mcip->mci_flent; 6090 if (flent != NULL) { 6091 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 6092 mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]; 6093 mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat; 6094 6095 nstat->ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes + 6096 mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes + 6097 mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes; 6098 nstat->ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt + 6099 mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt; 6100 nstat->ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors; 6101 } 6102 } 6103 6104 mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(mcip->mci_flent->fe_tx_srs); 6105 if (mac_srs != NULL) { 6106 mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat; 6107 6108 nstat->ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes; 6109 nstat->ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets; 6110 nstat->ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors; 6111 } 6112 6113 ninfo->ni_record = nstat; 6114 ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_stat_t); 6115 ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_LNSTAT_REC; 6116 6117 return (ninfo); 6118 } 6119 6120 typedef struct i_mac_log_state_s { 6121 boolean_t mi_last; 6122 int mi_fenable; 6123 int mi_lenable; 6124 list_t *mi_list; 6125 } i_mac_log_state_t; 6126 6127 /* 6128 * For a given flow, if the description has not been logged before, do it now. 6129 * If it is a VNIC, then we have collected information about it from the MAC 6130 * table, so skip it. 6131 * 6132 * Called through mac_flow_walk_nolock() 6133 * 6134 * Return 0 if successful. 6135 */ 6136 static int 6137 mac_log_flowinfo(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 6138 { 6139 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = flent->fe_mcip; 6140 i_mac_log_state_t *lstate = arg; 6141 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6142 6143 if (mcip == NULL) 6144 return (0); 6145 6146 /* 6147 * If the name starts with "vnic", and fe_user_generated is true (to 6148 * exclude the mcast and active flow entries created implicitly for 6149 * a vnic, it is a VNIC flow. i.e. vnic1 is a vnic flow, 6150 * vnic/bge1/mcast1 is not and neither is vnic/bge1/active. 6151 */ 6152 if (strncasecmp(flent->fe_flow_name, "vnic", 4) == 0 && 6153 (flent->fe_type & FLOW_USER) != 0) { 6154 return (0); 6155 } 6156 6157 if (!flent->fe_desc_logged) { 6158 /* 6159 * We don't return error because we want to continue the 6160 * walk in case this is the last walk which means we 6161 * need to reset fe_desc_logged in all the flows. 6162 */ 6163 if ((ninfo = mac_write_flow_desc(flent, mcip)) == NULL) 6164 return (0); 6165 list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo); 6166 flent->fe_desc_logged = B_TRUE; 6167 } 6168 6169 /* 6170 * Regardless of the error, we want to proceed in case we have to 6171 * reset fe_desc_logged. 6172 */ 6173 ninfo = mac_write_flow_stats(flent); 6174 if (ninfo == NULL) 6175 return (-1); 6176 6177 list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo); 6178 6179 if (mcip != NULL && !(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED)) 6180 flent->fe_desc_logged = B_FALSE; 6181 6182 return (0); 6183 } 6184 6185 /* 6186 * Log the description for each mac client of this mac_impl_t, if it 6187 * hasn't already been done. Additionally, log statistics for the link as 6188 * well. Walk the flow table and log information for each flow as well. 6189 * If it is the last walk (mci_last), then we turn off mci_desc_logged (and 6190 * also fe_desc_logged, if flow logging is on) since we want to log the 6191 * description if and when logging is restarted. 6192 * 6193 * Return 0 upon success or -1 upon failure 6194 */ 6195 static int 6196 i_mac_impl_log(mac_impl_t *mip, i_mac_log_state_t *lstate) 6197 { 6198 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6199 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6200 6201 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 6202 /* 6203 * Only walk the client list for NIC and etherstub 6204 */ 6205 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) || 6206 ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) && 6207 (mac_get_lower_mac_handle((mac_handle_t)mip) != NULL))) { 6208 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 6209 return (0); 6210 } 6211 6212 for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL; 6213 mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) { 6214 if (!MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) 6215 continue; 6216 if (lstate->mi_lenable) { 6217 if (!(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED)) { 6218 ninfo = mac_write_link_desc(mcip); 6219 if (ninfo == NULL) { 6220 /* 6221 * We can't terminate it if this is the last 6222 * walk, else there might be some links with 6223 * mi_desc_logged set to true, which means 6224 * their description won't be logged the next 6225 * time logging is started (similarly for the 6226 * flows within such links). We can continue 6227 * without walking the flow table (i.e. to 6228 * set fe_desc_logged to false) because we 6229 * won't have written any flow stuff for this 6230 * link as we haven't logged the link itself. 6231 */ 6232 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 6233 if (lstate->mi_last) 6234 return (0); 6235 else 6236 return (-1); 6237 } 6238 mcip->mci_state_flags |= MCIS_DESC_LOGGED; 6239 list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo); 6240 } 6241 } 6242 6243 ninfo = mac_write_link_stats(mcip); 6244 if (ninfo == NULL && !lstate->mi_last) { 6245 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 6246 return (-1); 6247 } 6248 list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo); 6249 6250 if (lstate->mi_last) 6251 mcip->mci_state_flags &= ~MCIS_DESC_LOGGED; 6252 6253 if (lstate->mi_fenable) { 6254 if (mcip->mci_subflow_tab != NULL) { 6255 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock( 6256 mcip->mci_subflow_tab, mac_log_flowinfo, 6257 lstate); 6258 } 6259 } 6260 } 6261 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 6262 return (0); 6263 } 6264 6265 /* 6266 * modhash walker function to add a mac_impl_t to a list 6267 */ 6268 /*ARGSUSED*/ 6269 static uint_t 6270 i_mac_impl_list_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg) 6271 { 6272 list_t *list = (list_t *)arg; 6273 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)val; 6274 6275 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) == 0) { 6276 list_insert_tail(list, mip); 6277 mip->mi_ref++; 6278 } 6279 6280 return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE); 6281 } 6282 6283 void 6284 i_mac_log_info(list_t *net_log_list, i_mac_log_state_t *lstate) 6285 { 6286 list_t mac_impl_list; 6287 mac_impl_t *mip; 6288 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6289 6290 /* Create list of mac_impls */ 6291 ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&i_mac_impl_lock)); 6292 list_create(&mac_impl_list, sizeof (mac_impl_t), offsetof(mac_impl_t, 6293 mi_node)); 6294 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_impl_list_walker, &mac_impl_list); 6295 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6296 6297 /* Create log entries for each mac_impl */ 6298 for (mip = list_head(&mac_impl_list); mip != NULL; 6299 mip = list_next(&mac_impl_list, mip)) { 6300 if (i_mac_impl_log(mip, lstate) != 0) 6301 continue; 6302 } 6303 6304 /* Remove elements and destroy list of mac_impls */ 6305 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 6306 while ((mip = list_remove_tail(&mac_impl_list)) != NULL) { 6307 mip->mi_ref--; 6308 } 6309 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6310 list_destroy(&mac_impl_list); 6311 6312 /* 6313 * Write log entries to files outside of locks, free associated 6314 * structures, and remove entries from the list. 6315 */ 6316 while ((ninfo = list_head(net_log_list)) != NULL) { 6317 (void) exacct_commit_netinfo(ninfo->ni_record, ninfo->ni_type); 6318 list_remove(net_log_list, ninfo); 6319 kmem_free(ninfo->ni_record, ninfo->ni_size); 6320 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (*ninfo)); 6321 } 6322 list_destroy(net_log_list); 6323 } 6324 6325 /* 6326 * The timer thread that runs every mac_logging_interval seconds and logs 6327 * link and/or flow information. 6328 */ 6329 /* ARGSUSED */ 6330 void 6331 mac_log_linkinfo(void *arg) 6332 { 6333 i_mac_log_state_t lstate; 6334 list_t net_log_list; 6335 6336 list_create(&net_log_list, sizeof (netinfo_t), 6337 offsetof(netinfo_t, ni_link)); 6338 6339 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER); 6340 if (!mac_flow_log_enable && !mac_link_log_enable) { 6341 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6342 return; 6343 } 6344 lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable; 6345 lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable; 6346 lstate.mi_last = B_FALSE; 6347 lstate.mi_list = &net_log_list; 6348 6349 /* Write log entries for each mac_impl in the list */ 6350 i_mac_log_info(&net_log_list, &lstate); 6351 6352 if (mac_flow_log_enable || mac_link_log_enable) { 6353 mac_logging_timer = timeout(mac_log_linkinfo, NULL, 6354 SEC_TO_TICK(mac_logging_interval)); 6355 } 6356 } 6357 6358 typedef struct i_mac_fastpath_state_s { 6359 boolean_t mf_disable; 6360 int mf_err; 6361 } i_mac_fastpath_state_t; 6362 6363 /* modhash walker function to enable or disable fastpath */ 6364 /*ARGSUSED*/ 6365 static uint_t 6366 i_mac_fastpath_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, 6367 void *arg) 6368 { 6369 i_mac_fastpath_state_t *state = arg; 6370 mac_handle_t mh = (mac_handle_t)val; 6371 6372 if (state->mf_disable) 6373 state->mf_err = mac_fastpath_disable(mh); 6374 else 6375 mac_fastpath_enable(mh); 6376 6377 return (state->mf_err == 0 ? MH_WALK_CONTINUE : MH_WALK_TERMINATE); 6378 } 6379 6380 /* 6381 * Start the logging timer. 6382 */ 6383 int 6384 mac_start_logusage(mac_logtype_t type, uint_t interval) 6385 { 6386 i_mac_fastpath_state_t dstate = {B_TRUE, 0}; 6387 i_mac_fastpath_state_t estate = {B_FALSE, 0}; 6388 int err; 6389 6390 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 6391 switch (type) { 6392 case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW: 6393 if (mac_flow_log_enable) { 6394 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6395 return (0); 6396 } 6397 /* FALLTHRU */ 6398 case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK: 6399 if (mac_link_log_enable) { 6400 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6401 return (0); 6402 } 6403 break; 6404 default: 6405 ASSERT(0); 6406 } 6407 6408 /* Disable fastpath */ 6409 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &dstate); 6410 if ((err = dstate.mf_err) != 0) { 6411 /* Reenable fastpath */ 6412 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &estate); 6413 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6414 return (err); 6415 } 6416 6417 switch (type) { 6418 case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW: 6419 mac_flow_log_enable = B_TRUE; 6420 /* FALLTHRU */ 6421 case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK: 6422 mac_link_log_enable = B_TRUE; 6423 break; 6424 } 6425 6426 mac_logging_interval = interval; 6427 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6428 mac_log_linkinfo(NULL); 6429 return (0); 6430 } 6431 6432 /* 6433 * Stop the logging timer if both link and flow logging are turned off. 6434 */ 6435 void 6436 mac_stop_logusage(mac_logtype_t type) 6437 { 6438 i_mac_log_state_t lstate; 6439 i_mac_fastpath_state_t estate = {B_FALSE, 0}; 6440 list_t net_log_list; 6441 6442 list_create(&net_log_list, sizeof (netinfo_t), 6443 offsetof(netinfo_t, ni_link)); 6444 6445 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 6446 6447 lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable; 6448 lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable; 6449 lstate.mi_list = &net_log_list; 6450 6451 /* Last walk */ 6452 lstate.mi_last = B_TRUE; 6453 6454 switch (type) { 6455 case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW: 6456 if (lstate.mi_fenable) { 6457 ASSERT(mac_link_log_enable); 6458 mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE; 6459 mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE; 6460 break; 6461 } 6462 /* FALLTHRU */ 6463 case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK: 6464 if (!lstate.mi_lenable || mac_flow_log_enable) { 6465 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6466 return; 6467 } 6468 mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE; 6469 break; 6470 default: 6471 ASSERT(0); 6472 } 6473 6474 /* Reenable fastpath */ 6475 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &estate); 6476 6477 (void) untimeout(mac_logging_timer); 6478 mac_logging_timer = NULL; 6479 6480 /* Write log entries for each mac_impl in the list */ 6481 i_mac_log_info(&net_log_list, &lstate); 6482 } 6483 6484 /* 6485 * Walk the rx and tx SRS/SRs for a flow and update the priority value. 6486 */ 6487 void 6488 mac_flow_update_priority(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, flow_entry_t *flent) 6489 { 6490 pri_t pri; 6491 int count; 6492 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 6493 6494 if (flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt <= 0) 6495 return; 6496 6497 if (((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[0])->srs_type == 6498 SRST_FLOW) { 6499 pri = FLOW_PRIORITY(mcip->mci_min_pri, 6500 mcip->mci_max_pri, 6501 flent->fe_resource_props.mrp_priority); 6502 } else { 6503 pri = mcip->mci_max_pri; 6504 } 6505 6506 for (count = 0; count < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; count++) { 6507 mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[count]; 6508 mac_update_srs_priority(mac_srs, pri); 6509 } 6510 /* 6511 * If we have a Tx SRS, we need to modify all the threads associated 6512 * with it. 6513 */ 6514 if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL) 6515 mac_update_srs_priority(flent->fe_tx_srs, pri); 6516 } 6517 6518 /* 6519 * RX and TX rings are reserved according to different semantics depending 6520 * on the requests from the MAC clients and type of rings: 6521 * 6522 * On the Tx side, by default we reserve individual rings, independently from 6523 * the groups. 6524 * 6525 * On the Rx side, the reservation is at the granularity of the group 6526 * of rings, and used for v12n level 1 only. It has a special case for the 6527 * primary client. 6528 * 6529 * If a share is allocated to a MAC client, we allocate a TX group and an 6530 * RX group to the client, and assign TX rings and RX rings to these 6531 * groups according to information gathered from the driver through 6532 * the share capability. 6533 * 6534 * The foreseable evolution of Rx rings will handle v12n level 2 and higher 6535 * to allocate individual rings out of a group and program the hw classifier 6536 * based on IP address or higher level criteria. 6537 */ 6538 6539 /* 6540 * mac_reserve_tx_ring() 6541 * Reserve a unused ring by marking it with MR_INUSE state. 6542 * As reserved, the ring is ready to function. 6543 * 6544 * Notes for Hybrid I/O: 6545 * 6546 * If a specific ring is needed, it is specified through the desired_ring 6547 * argument. Otherwise that argument is set to NULL. 6548 * If the desired ring was previous allocated to another client, this 6549 * function swaps it with a new ring from the group of unassigned rings. 6550 */ 6551 mac_ring_t * 6552 mac_reserve_tx_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *desired_ring) 6553 { 6554 mac_group_t *group; 6555 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 6556 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6557 mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs; 6558 6559 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 6560 6561 /* 6562 * Find an available ring and start it before changing its status. 6563 * The unassigned rings are at the end of the mi_tx_groups 6564 * array. 6565 */ 6566 group = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 6567 6568 /* Can't take the default ring out of the default group */ 6569 ASSERT(desired_ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring); 6570 6571 if (desired_ring->mr_state == MR_FREE) { 6572 ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)); 6573 if (mac_start_ring(desired_ring) != 0) 6574 return (NULL); 6575 return (desired_ring); 6576 } 6577 /* 6578 * There are clients using this ring, so let's move the clients 6579 * away from using this ring. 6580 */ 6581 for (mgcp = group->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) { 6582 mcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 6583 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6584 srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 6585 ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, desired_ring)); 6586 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 6587 (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs, 6588 desired_ring)); 6589 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, desired_ring); 6590 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6591 } 6592 return (desired_ring); 6593 } 6594 6595 /* 6596 * For a non-default group with multiple clients, return the primary client. 6597 */ 6598 static mac_client_impl_t * 6599 mac_get_grp_primary(mac_group_t *grp) 6600 { 6601 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; 6602 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6603 6604 while (mgcp != NULL) { 6605 mcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 6606 if (mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC) 6607 return (mcip); 6608 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 6609 } 6610 return (NULL); 6611 } 6612 6613 /* 6614 * Hybrid I/O specifies the ring that should be given to a share. 6615 * If the ring is already used by clients, then we need to release 6616 * the ring back to the default group so that we can give it to 6617 * the share. This means the clients using this ring now get a 6618 * replacement ring. If there aren't any replacement rings, this 6619 * function returns a failure. 6620 */ 6621 static int 6622 mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type, 6623 mac_ring_t *ring, mac_ring_t **rings, int nrings) 6624 { 6625 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh; 6626 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 6627 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6628 mac_group_t *defgrp; 6629 mac_ring_t *tring; 6630 mac_group_t *tgrp; 6631 int i; 6632 int j; 6633 6634 mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group); 6635 if (mcip == NULL) 6636 mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group); 6637 ASSERT(mcip != NULL); 6638 ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == 0); 6639 6640 mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 6641 if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 6642 defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp; 6643 if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) == 0) { 6644 /* Need to put this mac client in the default group */ 6645 if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp) != 0) 6646 return (ENOSPC); 6647 } else { 6648 /* 6649 * Switch this ring with some other ring from 6650 * the default group. 6651 */ 6652 for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL; 6653 tring = tring->mr_next) { 6654 if (tring->mr_index == 0) 6655 continue; 6656 for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) { 6657 if (rings[j] == tring) 6658 break; 6659 } 6660 if (j >= nrings) 6661 break; 6662 } 6663 if (tring == NULL) 6664 return (ENOSPC); 6665 if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0) 6666 return (ENOSPC); 6667 if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) { 6668 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring); 6669 return (ENOSPC); 6670 } 6671 } 6672 ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp); 6673 return (0); 6674 } 6675 6676 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 6677 if (ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) { 6678 /* 6679 * See if we can get a spare ring to replace the default 6680 * ring. 6681 */ 6682 if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1) { 6683 /* 6684 * Need to get a ring from another client, see if 6685 * there are any clients that can be moved to 6686 * the default group, thereby freeing some rings. 6687 */ 6688 for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) { 6689 tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i]; 6690 if (tgrp->mrg_state == 6691 MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) { 6692 continue; 6693 } 6694 mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp); 6695 if (mcip == NULL) 6696 mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp); 6697 ASSERT(mcip != NULL); 6698 mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 6699 if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) { 6700 ASSERT(tgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1); 6701 /* 6702 * If this ring is part of the 6703 * rings asked by the share we cannot 6704 * use it as the default ring. 6705 */ 6706 for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) { 6707 if (rings[j] == tgrp->mrg_rings) 6708 break; 6709 } 6710 if (j < nrings) 6711 continue; 6712 mac_tx_client_quiesce( 6713 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6714 mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, 6715 defgrp); 6716 mac_tx_client_restart( 6717 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6718 break; 6719 } 6720 } 6721 /* 6722 * All the rings are reserved, can't give up the 6723 * default ring. 6724 */ 6725 if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count <= 1) 6726 return (ENOSPC); 6727 } 6728 /* 6729 * Swap the default ring with another. 6730 */ 6731 for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL; 6732 tring = tring->mr_next) { 6733 /* 6734 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the 6735 * share we cannot use it as the default ring. 6736 */ 6737 for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) { 6738 if (rings[j] == tring) 6739 break; 6740 } 6741 if (j >= nrings) 6742 break; 6743 } 6744 ASSERT(tring != NULL); 6745 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)tring; 6746 return (0); 6747 } 6748 /* 6749 * The Tx ring is with a group reserved by a MAC client. See if 6750 * we can swap it. 6751 */ 6752 ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED); 6753 mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group); 6754 if (mcip == NULL) 6755 mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group); 6756 ASSERT(mcip != NULL); 6757 mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 6758 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6759 if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) { 6760 ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == 1); 6761 /* Put this mac client in the default group */ 6762 mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp); 6763 } else { 6764 /* 6765 * Switch this ring with some other ring from 6766 * the default group. 6767 */ 6768 for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL; 6769 tring = tring->mr_next) { 6770 if (tring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) 6771 continue; 6772 /* 6773 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the 6774 * share we cannot use it for swapping. 6775 */ 6776 for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) { 6777 if (rings[j] == tring) 6778 break; 6779 } 6780 if (j >= nrings) 6781 break; 6782 } 6783 if (tring == NULL) { 6784 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6785 return (ENOSPC); 6786 } 6787 if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0) { 6788 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6789 return (ENOSPC); 6790 } 6791 if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) { 6792 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring); 6793 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6794 return (ENOSPC); 6795 } 6796 } 6797 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6798 ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp); 6799 return (0); 6800 } 6801 6802 /* 6803 * Populate a zero-ring group with rings. If the share is non-NULL, 6804 * the rings are chosen according to that share. 6805 * Invoked after allocating a new RX or TX group through 6806 * mac_reserve_rx_group() or mac_reserve_tx_group(), respectively. 6807 * Returns zero on success, an errno otherwise. 6808 */ 6809 int 6810 i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type, 6811 mac_group_t *src_group, mac_group_t *new_group, mac_share_handle_t share, 6812 uint32_t ringcnt) 6813 { 6814 mac_ring_t **rings, *ring; 6815 uint_t nrings; 6816 int rv = 0, i = 0, j; 6817 6818 ASSERT((ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 6819 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) || 6820 (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX && 6821 mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)); 6822 6823 /* 6824 * First find the rings to allocate to the group. 6825 */ 6826 if (share != 0) { 6827 /* get rings through ms_squery() */ 6828 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type, NULL, &nrings); 6829 ASSERT(nrings != 0); 6830 rings = kmem_alloc(nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t), 6831 KM_SLEEP); 6832 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type, 6833 (mac_ring_handle_t *)rings, &nrings); 6834 for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) { 6835 /* 6836 * If we have given this ring to a non-default 6837 * group, we need to check if we can get this 6838 * ring. 6839 */ 6840 ring = rings[i]; 6841 if (ring->mr_gh != (mac_group_handle_t)src_group || 6842 ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) { 6843 if (mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mip, ring_type, 6844 ring, rings, nrings) != 0) { 6845 rv = ENOSPC; 6846 goto bail; 6847 } 6848 } 6849 } 6850 } else { 6851 /* 6852 * Pick one ring from default group. 6853 * 6854 * for now pick the second ring which requires the first ring 6855 * at index 0 to stay in the default group, since it is the 6856 * ring which carries the multicast traffic. 6857 * We need a better way for a driver to indicate this, 6858 * for example a per-ring flag. 6859 */ 6860 rings = kmem_alloc(ringcnt * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t), 6861 KM_SLEEP); 6862 for (ring = src_group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; 6863 ring = ring->mr_next) { 6864 if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 6865 ring->mr_index == 0) { 6866 continue; 6867 } 6868 if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX && 6869 ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) { 6870 continue; 6871 } 6872 rings[i++] = ring; 6873 if (i == ringcnt) 6874 break; 6875 } 6876 ASSERT(ring != NULL); 6877 nrings = i; 6878 /* Not enough rings as required */ 6879 if (nrings != ringcnt) { 6880 rv = ENOSPC; 6881 goto bail; 6882 } 6883 } 6884 6885 switch (ring_type) { 6886 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 6887 if (src_group->mrg_cur_count - nrings < 1) { 6888 /* we ran out of rings */ 6889 rv = ENOSPC; 6890 goto bail; 6891 } 6892 6893 /* move receive rings to new group */ 6894 for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) { 6895 rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]); 6896 if (rv != 0) { 6897 /* move rings back on failure */ 6898 for (j = 0; j < i; j++) { 6899 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, 6900 src_group, rings[j]); 6901 } 6902 goto bail; 6903 } 6904 } 6905 break; 6906 6907 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: { 6908 mac_ring_t *tmp_ring; 6909 6910 /* move the TX rings to the new group */ 6911 for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) { 6912 /* get the desired ring */ 6913 tmp_ring = mac_reserve_tx_ring(mip, rings[i]); 6914 if (tmp_ring == NULL) { 6915 rv = ENOSPC; 6916 goto bail; 6917 } 6918 ASSERT(tmp_ring == rings[i]); 6919 rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]); 6920 if (rv != 0) { 6921 /* cleanup on failure */ 6922 for (j = 0; j < i; j++) { 6923 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, 6924 MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip), 6925 rings[j]); 6926 } 6927 goto bail; 6928 } 6929 } 6930 break; 6931 } 6932 } 6933 6934 /* add group to share */ 6935 if (share != 0) 6936 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sadd(share, new_group->mrg_driver); 6937 6938 bail: 6939 /* free temporary array of rings */ 6940 kmem_free(rings, nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t)); 6941 6942 return (rv); 6943 } 6944 6945 void 6946 mac_group_add_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 6947 { 6948 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 6949 6950 for (mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) { 6951 if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip) 6952 break; 6953 } 6954 6955 ASSERT(mgcp == NULL); 6956 6957 mgcp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_grp_client_t), KM_SLEEP); 6958 mgcp->mgc_client = mcip; 6959 mgcp->mgc_next = grp->mrg_clients; 6960 grp->mrg_clients = mgcp; 6961 } 6962 6963 void 6964 mac_group_remove_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 6965 { 6966 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp, **pprev; 6967 6968 for (pprev = &grp->mrg_clients, mgcp = *pprev; mgcp != NULL; 6969 pprev = &mgcp->mgc_next, mgcp = *pprev) { 6970 if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip) 6971 break; 6972 } 6973 6974 ASSERT(mgcp != NULL); 6975 6976 *pprev = mgcp->mgc_next; 6977 kmem_free(mgcp, sizeof (mac_grp_client_t)); 6978 } 6979 6980 /* 6981 * Return true if any client on this group explicitly asked for HW 6982 * rings (of type mask) or have a bound share. 6983 */ 6984 static boolean_t 6985 i_mac_clients_hw(mac_group_t *grp, uint32_t mask) 6986 { 6987 mac_grp_client_t *mgcip; 6988 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6989 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 6990 6991 for (mgcip = grp->mrg_clients; mgcip != NULL; mgcip = mgcip->mgc_next) { 6992 mcip = mgcip->mgc_client; 6993 mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 6994 if (mcip->mci_share != 0 || (mrp->mrp_mask & mask) != 0) 6995 return (B_TRUE); 6996 } 6997 6998 return (B_FALSE); 6999 } 7000 7001 /* 7002 * Finds an available group and exclusively reserves it for a client. 7003 * The group is chosen to suit the flow's resource controls (bandwidth and 7004 * fanout requirements) and the address type. 7005 * If the requestor is the pimary MAC then return the group with the 7006 * largest number of rings, otherwise the default ring when available. 7007 */ 7008 mac_group_t * 7009 mac_reserve_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, uint8_t *mac_addr, boolean_t move) 7010 { 7011 mac_share_handle_t share = mcip->mci_share; 7012 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7013 mac_group_t *grp = NULL; 7014 int i; 7015 int err = 0; 7016 mac_address_t *map; 7017 mac_resource_props_t *mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 7018 int nrings; 7019 int donor_grp_rcnt; 7020 boolean_t need_exclgrp = B_FALSE; 7021 int need_rings = 0; 7022 mac_group_t *candidate_grp = NULL; 7023 mac_client_impl_t *gclient; 7024 mac_group_t *donorgrp = NULL; 7025 boolean_t rxhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS; 7026 boolean_t unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC; 7027 boolean_t isprimary; 7028 7029 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 7030 7031 isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC; 7032 7033 /* 7034 * Check if a group already has this MAC address (case of VLANs) 7035 * unless we are moving this MAC client from one group to another. 7036 */ 7037 if (!move && (map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr)) != NULL) { 7038 if (map->ma_group != NULL) 7039 return (map->ma_group); 7040 } 7041 7042 if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_rx_group_count == 0) 7043 return (NULL); 7044 7045 /* 7046 * If this client is requesting exclusive MAC access then 7047 * return NULL to ensure the client uses the default group. 7048 */ 7049 if (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE) 7050 return (NULL); 7051 7052 /* For dynamic groups default unspecified to 1 */ 7053 if (rxhw && unspec && 7054 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7055 mrp->mrp_nrxrings = 1; 7056 } 7057 7058 /* 7059 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and 7060 * unspecified 7061 */ 7062 if (rxhw && mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0 && 7063 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) { 7064 return (NULL); 7065 } 7066 7067 if (rxhw) { 7068 /* 7069 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with nrxrings, 7070 * if unspec). 7071 */ 7072 if (unspec || mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0) { 7073 need_exclgrp = B_TRUE; 7074 need_rings = mrp->mrp_nrxrings; 7075 } else if (mrp->mrp_nrxrings == 0) { 7076 /* 7077 * We have asked for a software group. 7078 */ 7079 return (NULL); 7080 } 7081 } else if (isprimary && mip->mi_nactiveclients == 1 && 7082 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7083 /* 7084 * If the primary is the only active client on this 7085 * mip and we have not asked for any rings, we give 7086 * it the default group so that the primary gets to 7087 * use all the rings. 7088 */ 7089 return (NULL); 7090 } 7091 7092 /* The group that can donate rings */ 7093 donorgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp; 7094 7095 /* 7096 * The number of rings that the default group can donate. 7097 * We need to leave at least one ring. 7098 */ 7099 donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1; 7100 7101 /* 7102 * Try to exclusively reserve a RX group. 7103 * 7104 * For flows requiring HW_DEFAULT_RING (unicast flow of the primary 7105 * client), try to reserve the a non-default RX group and give 7106 * it all the rings from the donor group, except the default ring 7107 * 7108 * For flows requiring HW_RING (unicast flow of other clients), try 7109 * to reserve non-default RX group with the specified number of 7110 * rings, if available. 7111 * 7112 * For flows that have not asked for software or hardware ring, 7113 * try to reserve a non-default group with 1 ring, if available. 7114 */ 7115 for (i = 1; i < mip->mi_rx_group_count; i++) { 7116 grp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i]; 7117 7118 DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__trying, char *, mip->mi_name, 7119 int, grp->mrg_index, mac_group_state_t, grp->mrg_state); 7120 7121 /* 7122 * Check if this group could be a candidate group for 7123 * eviction if we need a group for this MAC client, 7124 * but there aren't any. A candidate group is one 7125 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got 7126 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what 7127 * the donor group can donate) for the new MAC 7128 * client. 7129 */ 7130 if (grp->mrg_state >= MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 7131 /* 7132 * If the donor group is not the default 7133 * group, don't bother looking for a candidate 7134 * group. If we don't have enough rings we 7135 * will check if the primary group can be 7136 * vacated. 7137 */ 7138 if (candidate_grp == NULL && 7139 donorgrp == MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) { 7140 if (!i_mac_clients_hw(grp, MRP_RX_RINGS) && 7141 (unspec || 7142 (grp->mrg_cur_count + donor_grp_rcnt >= 7143 need_rings))) { 7144 candidate_grp = grp; 7145 } 7146 } 7147 continue; 7148 } 7149 /* 7150 * This group could already be SHARED by other multicast 7151 * flows on this client. In that case, the group would 7152 * be shared and has already been started. 7153 */ 7154 ASSERT(grp->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT); 7155 7156 if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) && 7157 (mac_start_group(grp) != 0)) { 7158 continue; 7159 } 7160 7161 if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) 7162 break; 7163 ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0); 7164 7165 /* 7166 * Populate the group. Rings should be taken 7167 * from the donor group. 7168 */ 7169 nrings = rxhw ? need_rings : isprimary ? donor_grp_rcnt: 1; 7170 7171 /* 7172 * If the donor group can't donate, let's just walk and 7173 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have 7174 * enough rings for this, unless we already have 7175 * identified a candiate group.. 7176 */ 7177 if (nrings <= donor_grp_rcnt) { 7178 err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX, 7179 donorgrp, grp, share, nrings); 7180 if (err == 0) { 7181 /* 7182 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets 7183 * the rings from the driver, let's populate 7184 * the property for the client now. 7185 */ 7186 if (share != 0) { 7187 mac_client_set_rings( 7188 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, 7189 grp->mrg_cur_count, -1); 7190 } 7191 if (mac_is_primary_client(mcip) && !rxhw) 7192 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = grp; 7193 break; 7194 } 7195 } 7196 7197 DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *, 7198 mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err); 7199 7200 /* 7201 * It's a dynamic group but the grouping operation 7202 * failed. 7203 */ 7204 mac_stop_group(grp); 7205 } 7206 7207 /* We didn't find an exclusive group for this MAC client */ 7208 if (i >= mip->mi_rx_group_count) { 7209 7210 if (!need_exclgrp) 7211 return (NULL); 7212 7213 /* 7214 * If we found a candidate group then move the 7215 * existing MAC client from the candidate_group to the 7216 * default group and give the candidate_group to the 7217 * new MAC client. If we didn't find a candidate 7218 * group, then check if the primary is in its own 7219 * group and if it can make way for this MAC client. 7220 */ 7221 if (candidate_grp == NULL && 7222 donorgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip) && 7223 donorgrp->mrg_cur_count >= need_rings) { 7224 candidate_grp = donorgrp; 7225 } 7226 if (candidate_grp != NULL) { 7227 boolean_t prim_grp = B_FALSE; 7228 7229 /* 7230 * Switch the existing MAC client from the 7231 * candidate group to the default group. If 7232 * the candidate group is the donor group, 7233 * then after the switch we need to update the 7234 * donor group too. 7235 */ 7236 grp = candidate_grp; 7237 gclient = grp->mrg_clients->mgc_client; 7238 VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL); 7239 if (grp == mip->mi_rx_donor_grp) 7240 prim_grp = B_TRUE; 7241 if (mac_rx_switch_group(gclient, grp, 7242 MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != 0) { 7243 return (NULL); 7244 } 7245 if (prim_grp) { 7246 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = 7247 MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 7248 donorgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 7249 } 7250 7251 /* 7252 * Now give this group with the required rings 7253 * to this MAC client. 7254 */ 7255 ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 7256 if (mac_start_group(grp) != 0) 7257 return (NULL); 7258 7259 if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) 7260 return (grp); 7261 7262 donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1; 7263 ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0); 7264 ASSERT(donor_grp_rcnt >= need_rings); 7265 err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX, 7266 donorgrp, grp, share, need_rings); 7267 if (err == 0) { 7268 /* 7269 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets 7270 * the rings from the driver, let's populate 7271 * the property for the client now. 7272 */ 7273 if (share != 0) { 7274 mac_client_set_rings( 7275 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, 7276 grp->mrg_cur_count, -1); 7277 } 7278 DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved, 7279 char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index); 7280 return (grp); 7281 } 7282 DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *, 7283 mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err); 7284 mac_stop_group(grp); 7285 } 7286 return (NULL); 7287 } 7288 ASSERT(grp != NULL); 7289 7290 DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved, 7291 char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index); 7292 return (grp); 7293 } 7294 7295 /* 7296 * mac_rx_release_group() 7297 * 7298 * Release the group when it has no remaining clients. The group is 7299 * stopped and its shares are removed and all rings are assigned back 7300 * to default group. This should never be called against the default 7301 * group. 7302 */ 7303 void 7304 mac_release_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group) 7305 { 7306 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7307 mac_ring_t *ring; 7308 7309 ASSERT(group != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)); 7310 ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group) == B_TRUE); 7311 7312 if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group) 7313 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 7314 7315 /* 7316 * This is the case where there are no clients left. Any 7317 * SRS etc on this group have also be quiesced. 7318 */ 7319 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) { 7320 if (ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER) { 7321 ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED); 7322 /* 7323 * Remove the SRS associated with the HW ring. 7324 * As a result, polling will be disabled. 7325 */ 7326 ring->mr_srs = NULL; 7327 } 7328 ASSERT(group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED || 7329 ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE); 7330 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) { 7331 mac_stop_ring(ring); 7332 ring->mr_flag = 0; 7333 } 7334 } 7335 7336 /* remove group from share */ 7337 if (mcip->mci_share != 0) { 7338 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(mcip->mci_share, 7339 group->mrg_driver); 7340 } 7341 7342 if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7343 mac_ring_t *ring; 7344 7345 /* 7346 * Rings were dynamically allocated to group. 7347 * Move rings back to default group. 7348 */ 7349 while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) { 7350 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, mip->mi_rx_donor_grp, 7351 ring); 7352 } 7353 } 7354 mac_stop_group(group); 7355 /* 7356 * Possible improvement: See if we can assign the group just released 7357 * to a another client of the mip 7358 */ 7359 } 7360 7361 /* 7362 * Move the MAC address from fgrp to tgrp. 7363 */ 7364 static int 7365 mac_rx_move_macaddr(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp, 7366 mac_group_t *tgrp) 7367 { 7368 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7369 uint8_t maddr[MAXMACADDRLEN]; 7370 int err = 0; 7371 uint16_t vid; 7372 mac_unicast_impl_t *muip; 7373 boolean_t use_hw; 7374 7375 mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 7376 VERIFY3P(mcip->mci_unicast, !=, NULL); 7377 bcopy(mcip->mci_unicast->ma_addr, maddr, mcip->mci_unicast->ma_len); 7378 7379 /* 7380 * Does the client require MAC address hardware classifiction? 7381 */ 7382 use_hw = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_UNICAST_HW) != 0; 7383 vid = i_mac_flow_vid(mcip->mci_flent); 7384 7385 /* 7386 * You can never move an address that is shared by multiple 7387 * clients. mac_datapath_setup() ensures that clients sharing 7388 * an address are placed on the default group. This guarantees 7389 * that a non-default group will only ever have one client and 7390 * thus make full use of HW filters. 7391 */ 7392 if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast)) 7393 return (EINVAL); 7394 7395 err = mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(mcip->mci_unicast, vid); 7396 7397 if (err != 0) { 7398 mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 7399 return (err); 7400 } 7401 7402 /* 7403 * If this isn't the primary MAC address then the 7404 * mac_address_t has been freed by the last call to 7405 * mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(). In any case, NULL the reference 7406 * to avoid a dangling pointer. 7407 */ 7408 mcip->mci_unicast = NULL; 7409 7410 /* 7411 * We also have to NULL all the mui_map references -- sun4v 7412 * strikes again! 7413 */ 7414 rw_enter(&mcip->mci_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 7415 for (muip = mcip->mci_unicast_list; muip != NULL; muip = muip->mui_next) 7416 muip->mui_map = NULL; 7417 rw_exit(&mcip->mci_rw_lock); 7418 7419 /* 7420 * Program the H/W Classifier first, if this fails we need not 7421 * proceed with the other stuff. 7422 */ 7423 if ((err = mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mip, tgrp, maddr, vid, use_hw)) != 0) { 7424 int err2; 7425 7426 /* Revert back the H/W Classifier */ 7427 err2 = mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mip, fgrp, maddr, vid, use_hw); 7428 7429 if (err2 != 0) { 7430 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to revert HW classification" 7431 " on MAC %s, for client %s: %d.", mip->mi_name, 7432 mcip->mci_name, err2); 7433 } 7434 7435 mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 7436 return (err); 7437 } 7438 7439 /* 7440 * Get a reference to the new mac_address_t and update the 7441 * client's reference. Then restart the client and add the 7442 * other clients of this MAC addr (if they exsit). 7443 */ 7444 mcip->mci_unicast = mac_find_macaddr(mip, maddr); 7445 rw_enter(&mcip->mci_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 7446 for (muip = mcip->mci_unicast_list; muip != NULL; muip = muip->mui_next) 7447 muip->mui_map = mcip->mci_unicast; 7448 rw_exit(&mcip->mci_rw_lock); 7449 mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 7450 return (0); 7451 } 7452 7453 /* 7454 * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need 7455 * to remove the MAC address from the group, remove the MAC client, 7456 * teardown the SRSs and revert the group state. Then, we add the client 7457 * to the destination group, set the SRSs, and add the MAC address to the 7458 * group. 7459 */ 7460 int 7461 mac_rx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp, 7462 mac_group_t *tgrp) 7463 { 7464 int err; 7465 mac_group_state_t next_state; 7466 mac_client_impl_t *group_only_mcip; 7467 mac_client_impl_t *gmcip; 7468 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7469 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 7470 7471 VERIFY3P(fgrp, ==, mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group); 7472 7473 if ((err = mac_rx_move_macaddr(mcip, fgrp, tgrp)) != 0) 7474 return (err); 7475 7476 /* 7477 * If the group is marked as reserved and in use by a single 7478 * client, then there is an SRS to teardown. 7479 */ 7480 if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED && 7481 MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) { 7482 mac_rx_srs_group_teardown(mcip->mci_flent, B_TRUE); 7483 } 7484 7485 /* 7486 * If we are moving the client from a non-default group, then 7487 * we know that any additional clients on this group share the 7488 * same MAC address. Since we moved the MAC address filter, we 7489 * need to move these clients too. 7490 * 7491 * If we are moving the client from the default group and its 7492 * MAC address has VLAN clients, then we must move those 7493 * clients as well. 7494 * 7495 * In both cases the idea is the same: we moved the MAC 7496 * address filter to the tgrp, so we must move all clients 7497 * using that MAC address to tgrp as well. 7498 */ 7499 if (fgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) { 7500 mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients; 7501 while (mgcp != NULL) { 7502 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 7503 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 7504 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip); 7505 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip); 7506 gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp; 7507 } 7508 mac_release_rx_group(mcip, fgrp); 7509 VERIFY3B(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp), ==, B_TRUE); 7510 mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 7511 } else { 7512 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip); 7513 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip); 7514 mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp; 7515 7516 /* 7517 * If there are other clients (VLANs) sharing this address 7518 * then move them too. 7519 */ 7520 if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast)) { 7521 /* 7522 * We need to move all the clients that are using 7523 * this MAC address. 7524 */ 7525 mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients; 7526 while (mgcp != NULL) { 7527 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 7528 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 7529 if (mcip->mci_unicast == gmcip->mci_unicast) { 7530 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip); 7531 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip); 7532 gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = 7533 tgrp; 7534 } 7535 } 7536 } 7537 7538 /* 7539 * The default group still handles multicast and 7540 * broadcast traffic; it won't transition to 7541 * MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED. 7542 */ 7543 if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) 7544 mac_rx_group_unmark(fgrp, MR_CONDEMNED); 7545 mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED); 7546 } 7547 7548 next_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip, 7549 MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip), B_TRUE); 7550 mac_set_group_state(tgrp, next_state); 7551 7552 /* 7553 * If the destination group is reserved, then setup the SRSes. 7554 * Otherwise make sure to use SW classification. 7555 */ 7556 if (tgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 7557 mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, SRST_LINK); 7558 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, 7559 MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL); 7560 mac_rx_group_unmark(tgrp, MR_INCIPIENT); 7561 } else { 7562 mac_rx_switch_grp_to_sw(tgrp); 7563 } 7564 7565 return (0); 7566 } 7567 7568 /* 7569 * Reserves a TX group for the specified share. Invoked by mac_tx_srs_setup() 7570 * when a share was allocated to the client. 7571 */ 7572 mac_group_t * 7573 mac_reserve_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t move) 7574 { 7575 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7576 mac_group_t *grp = NULL; 7577 int rv; 7578 int i; 7579 int err; 7580 mac_group_t *defgrp; 7581 mac_share_handle_t share = mcip->mci_share; 7582 mac_resource_props_t *mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 7583 int nrings; 7584 int defnrings; 7585 boolean_t need_exclgrp = B_FALSE; 7586 int need_rings = 0; 7587 mac_group_t *candidate_grp = NULL; 7588 mac_client_impl_t *gclient; 7589 mac_resource_props_t *gmrp; 7590 boolean_t txhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS; 7591 boolean_t unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC; 7592 boolean_t isprimary; 7593 7594 isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC; 7595 7596 /* 7597 * When we come here for a VLAN on the primary (dladm create-vlan), 7598 * we need to pair it along with the primary (to keep it consistent 7599 * with the RX side). So, we check if the primary is already assigned 7600 * to a group and return the group if so. The other way is also 7601 * true, i.e. the VLAN is already created and now we are plumbing 7602 * the primary. 7603 */ 7604 if (!move && isprimary) { 7605 for (gclient = mip->mi_clients_list; gclient != NULL; 7606 gclient = gclient->mci_client_next) { 7607 if (gclient->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC && 7608 gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group != NULL) { 7609 return (gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group); 7610 } 7611 } 7612 } 7613 7614 if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_tx_group_count == 0) 7615 return (NULL); 7616 7617 /* For dynamic groups, default unspec to 1 */ 7618 if (txhw && unspec && 7619 mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7620 mrp->mrp_ntxrings = 1; 7621 } 7622 /* 7623 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and 7624 * unspecified 7625 */ 7626 if (txhw && mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0 && 7627 mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) { 7628 return (NULL); 7629 } 7630 7631 if (txhw) { 7632 /* 7633 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with ntxrings, 7634 * if unspec). 7635 */ 7636 if (unspec || mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0) { 7637 need_exclgrp = B_TRUE; 7638 need_rings = mrp->mrp_ntxrings; 7639 } else if (mrp->mrp_ntxrings == 0) { 7640 /* 7641 * We have asked for a software group. 7642 */ 7643 return (NULL); 7644 } 7645 } 7646 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 7647 /* 7648 * The number of rings that the default group can donate. 7649 * We need to leave at least one ring - the default ring - in 7650 * this group. 7651 */ 7652 defnrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1; 7653 7654 /* 7655 * Primary gets default group unless explicitly told not 7656 * to (i.e. rings > 0). 7657 */ 7658 if (isprimary && !need_exclgrp) 7659 return (NULL); 7660 7661 nrings = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) != 0 ? mrp->mrp_ntxrings : 1; 7662 for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) { 7663 grp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i]; 7664 if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) || 7665 (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT)) { 7666 /* 7667 * Select a candidate for replacement if we don't 7668 * get an exclusive group. A candidate group is one 7669 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got 7670 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what 7671 * the default group can donate) for the new MAC 7672 * client. 7673 */ 7674 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED && 7675 candidate_grp == NULL) { 7676 gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp); 7677 VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL); 7678 gmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gclient); 7679 if (gclient->mci_share == 0 && 7680 (gmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0 && 7681 (unspec || 7682 (grp->mrg_cur_count + defnrings) >= 7683 need_rings)) { 7684 candidate_grp = grp; 7685 } 7686 } 7687 continue; 7688 } 7689 /* 7690 * If the default can't donate let's just walk and 7691 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have 7692 * enough rings for this. 7693 */ 7694 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC || 7695 nrings <= defnrings) { 7696 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) { 7697 rv = mac_start_group(grp); 7698 ASSERT(rv == 0); 7699 } 7700 break; 7701 } 7702 } 7703 7704 /* The default group */ 7705 if (i >= mip->mi_tx_group_count) { 7706 /* 7707 * If we need an exclusive group and have identified a 7708 * candidate group we switch the MAC client from the 7709 * candidate group to the default group and give the 7710 * candidate group to this client. 7711 */ 7712 if (need_exclgrp && candidate_grp != NULL) { 7713 /* 7714 * Switch the MAC client from the candidate 7715 * group to the default group. We know the 7716 * candidate_grp came from a reserved group 7717 * and thus only has one client. 7718 */ 7719 grp = candidate_grp; 7720 gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp); 7721 VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL); 7722 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gclient); 7723 mac_tx_switch_group(gclient, grp, defgrp); 7724 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gclient); 7725 7726 /* 7727 * Give the candidate group with the specified number 7728 * of rings to this MAC client. 7729 */ 7730 ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 7731 rv = mac_start_group(grp); 7732 ASSERT(rv == 0); 7733 7734 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) 7735 return (grp); 7736 7737 ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0); 7738 ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_cur_count > need_rings); 7739 7740 err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX, 7741 defgrp, grp, share, need_rings); 7742 if (err == 0) { 7743 /* 7744 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets 7745 * the rings from the driver, let's populate 7746 * the property for the client now. 7747 */ 7748 if (share != 0) { 7749 mac_client_set_rings( 7750 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1, 7751 grp->mrg_cur_count); 7752 } 7753 mip->mi_tx_group_free--; 7754 return (grp); 7755 } 7756 DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *, 7757 mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err); 7758 mac_stop_group(grp); 7759 } 7760 return (NULL); 7761 } 7762 /* 7763 * We got an exclusive group, but it is not dynamic. 7764 */ 7765 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7766 mip->mi_tx_group_free--; 7767 return (grp); 7768 } 7769 7770 rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX, defgrp, grp, 7771 share, nrings); 7772 if (rv != 0) { 7773 DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, 7774 char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, rv); 7775 mac_stop_group(grp); 7776 return (NULL); 7777 } 7778 /* 7779 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets the rings from the 7780 * driver, let's populate the property for the client now. 7781 */ 7782 if (share != 0) { 7783 mac_client_set_rings((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1, 7784 grp->mrg_cur_count); 7785 } 7786 mip->mi_tx_group_free--; 7787 return (grp); 7788 } 7789 7790 void 7791 mac_release_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *grp) 7792 { 7793 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7794 mac_share_handle_t share = mcip->mci_share; 7795 mac_ring_t *ring; 7796 mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 7797 mac_group_t *defgrp; 7798 7799 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 7800 if (srs != NULL) { 7801 if (srs->srs_soft_ring_count > 0) { 7802 for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; 7803 ring = ring->mr_next) { 7804 ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, ring)); 7805 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 7806 (mac_tx_cookie_t) 7807 mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs, ring)); 7808 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, ring); 7809 } 7810 } else { 7811 ASSERT(srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 != NULL); 7812 srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 = NULL; 7813 mac_srs_stat_delete(srs); 7814 } 7815 } 7816 if (share != 0) 7817 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(share, grp->mrg_driver); 7818 7819 /* move the ring back to the pool */ 7820 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7821 while ((ring = grp->mrg_rings) != NULL) 7822 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring); 7823 } 7824 mac_stop_group(grp); 7825 mip->mi_tx_group_free++; 7826 } 7827 7828 /* 7829 * Disassociate a MAC client from a group, i.e go through the rings in the 7830 * group and delete all the soft rings tied to them. 7831 */ 7832 static void 7833 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(mac_group_t *fgrp, flow_entry_t *flent) 7834 { 7835 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = flent->fe_mcip; 7836 mac_soft_ring_set_t *tx_srs; 7837 mac_srs_tx_t *tx; 7838 mac_ring_t *ring; 7839 7840 tx_srs = flent->fe_tx_srs; 7841 tx = &tx_srs->srs_tx; 7842 7843 /* Single ring case we haven't created any soft rings */ 7844 if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW || tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE || 7845 tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) { 7846 tx->st_arg2 = NULL; 7847 mac_srs_stat_delete(tx_srs); 7848 /* Fanout case, where we have to dismantle the soft rings */ 7849 } else { 7850 for (ring = fgrp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; 7851 ring = ring->mr_next) { 7852 ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(tx_srs, ring)); 7853 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 7854 (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(tx_srs, 7855 ring)); 7856 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(tx_srs, ring); 7857 } 7858 ASSERT(tx->st_arg2 == NULL); 7859 } 7860 } 7861 7862 /* 7863 * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need 7864 * to remove the MAC client, teardown the SRSs and revert the group state. 7865 * Then, we add the client to the destination roup, set the SRSs etc. 7866 */ 7867 void 7868 mac_tx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp, 7869 mac_group_t *tgrp) 7870 { 7871 mac_client_impl_t *group_only_mcip; 7872 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7873 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 7874 mac_group_t *defgrp; 7875 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 7876 mac_client_impl_t *gmcip; 7877 flow_entry_t *gflent; 7878 7879 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 7880 ASSERT(fgrp == flent->fe_tx_ring_group); 7881 7882 if (fgrp == defgrp) { 7883 /* 7884 * If this is the primary we need to find any VLANs on 7885 * the primary and move them too. 7886 */ 7887 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip); 7888 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, flent); 7889 if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast)) { 7890 mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients; 7891 while (mgcp != NULL) { 7892 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 7893 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 7894 if (mcip->mci_unicast != gmcip->mci_unicast) 7895 continue; 7896 mac_tx_client_quiesce( 7897 (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip); 7898 7899 gflent = gmcip->mci_flent; 7900 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip); 7901 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent); 7902 7903 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip); 7904 gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp; 7905 /* We could directly set this to SHARED */ 7906 tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, 7907 &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE); 7908 7909 mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent, 7910 SRST_LINK); 7911 mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent, 7912 MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver, 7913 gmcip, NULL); 7914 7915 mac_tx_client_restart( 7916 (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip); 7917 } 7918 } 7919 if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp)) { 7920 mac_ring_t *ring; 7921 int cnt; 7922 int ringcnt; 7923 7924 fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED; 7925 /* 7926 * Additionally, we also need to stop all 7927 * the rings in the default group, except 7928 * the default ring. The reason being 7929 * this group won't be released since it is 7930 * the default group, so the rings won't 7931 * be stopped otherwise. 7932 */ 7933 ringcnt = fgrp->mrg_cur_count; 7934 ring = fgrp->mrg_rings; 7935 for (cnt = 0; cnt < ringcnt; cnt++) { 7936 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE && 7937 ring != 7938 (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) { 7939 mac_stop_ring(ring); 7940 ring->mr_flag = 0; 7941 } 7942 ring = ring->mr_next; 7943 } 7944 } else if (MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) { 7945 fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED; 7946 } else { 7947 ASSERT(fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED); 7948 } 7949 } else { 7950 /* 7951 * We could have VLANs sharing the non-default group with 7952 * the primary. 7953 */ 7954 mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients; 7955 while (mgcp != NULL) { 7956 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 7957 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 7958 if (gmcip == mcip) 7959 continue; 7960 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip); 7961 gflent = gmcip->mci_flent; 7962 7963 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip); 7964 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent); 7965 7966 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip); 7967 gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp; 7968 /* We could directly set this to SHARED */ 7969 tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, 7970 &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE); 7971 mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent, SRST_LINK); 7972 mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent, 7973 MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver, 7974 gmcip, NULL); 7975 7976 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip); 7977 } 7978 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip); 7979 mac_release_tx_group(mcip, fgrp); 7980 fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED; 7981 } 7982 7983 /* Add it to the tgroup */ 7984 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip); 7985 flent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp; 7986 tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip, 7987 defgrp, B_FALSE); 7988 7989 mac_tx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK); 7990 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 7991 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL); 7992 } 7993 7994 /* 7995 * This is a 1-time control path activity initiated by the client (IP). 7996 * The mac perimeter protects against other simultaneous control activities, 7997 * for example an ioctl that attempts to change the degree of fanout and 7998 * increase or decrease the number of softrings associated with this Tx SRS. 7999 */ 8000 static mac_tx_notify_cb_t * 8001 mac_client_tx_notify_add(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, 8002 mac_tx_notify_t notify, void *arg) 8003 { 8004 mac_cb_info_t *mcbi; 8005 mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp; 8006 8007 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 8008 8009 mtnfp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t), KM_SLEEP); 8010 mtnfp->mtnf_fn = notify; 8011 mtnfp->mtnf_arg = arg; 8012 mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objp = mtnfp; 8013 mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objsize = sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t); 8014 mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_flags = MCB_TX_NOTIFY_CB_T; 8015 8016 mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info; 8017 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 8018 mac_callback_add(mcbi, &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link); 8019 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 8020 return (mtnfp); 8021 } 8022 8023 static void 8024 mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp) 8025 { 8026 mac_cb_info_t *mcbi; 8027 mac_cb_t **cblist; 8028 8029 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 8030 8031 if (!mac_callback_find(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info, 8032 &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link)) { 8033 cmn_err(CE_WARN, 8034 "mac_client_tx_notify_remove: callback not " 8035 "found, mcip 0x%p mtnfp 0x%p", (void *)mcip, (void *)mtnfp); 8036 return; 8037 } 8038 8039 mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info; 8040 cblist = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list; 8041 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 8042 if (mac_callback_remove(mcbi, cblist, &mtnfp->mtnf_link)) 8043 kmem_free(mtnfp, sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t)); 8044 else 8045 mac_callback_remove_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info); 8046 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 8047 } 8048 8049 /* 8050 * mac_client_tx_notify(): 8051 * call to add and remove flow control callback routine. 8052 */ 8053 mac_tx_notify_handle_t 8054 mac_client_tx_notify(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_tx_notify_t callb_func, 8055 void *ptr) 8056 { 8057 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 8058 mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp = NULL; 8059 8060 i_mac_perim_enter(mcip->mci_mip); 8061 8062 if (callb_func != NULL) { 8063 /* Add a notify callback */ 8064 mtnfp = mac_client_tx_notify_add(mcip, callb_func, ptr); 8065 } else { 8066 mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mcip, (mac_tx_notify_cb_t *)ptr); 8067 } 8068 i_mac_perim_exit(mcip->mci_mip); 8069 8070 return ((mac_tx_notify_handle_t)mtnfp); 8071 } 8072 8073 void 8074 mac_bridge_vectors(mac_bridge_tx_t txf, mac_bridge_rx_t rxf, 8075 mac_bridge_ref_t reff, mac_bridge_ls_t lsf) 8076 { 8077 mac_bridge_tx_cb = txf; 8078 mac_bridge_rx_cb = rxf; 8079 mac_bridge_ref_cb = reff; 8080 mac_bridge_ls_cb = lsf; 8081 } 8082 8083 int 8084 mac_bridge_set(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link) 8085 { 8086 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8087 int retv; 8088 8089 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 8090 if (mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL) { 8091 mip->mi_bridge_link = link; 8092 retv = 0; 8093 } else { 8094 retv = EBUSY; 8095 } 8096 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 8097 if (retv == 0) { 8098 mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_FALSE); 8099 mac_capab_update(mh); 8100 } 8101 return (retv); 8102 } 8103 8104 /* 8105 * Disable bridging on the indicated link. 8106 */ 8107 void 8108 mac_bridge_clear(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link) 8109 { 8110 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8111 8112 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 8113 ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == link); 8114 mip->mi_bridge_link = NULL; 8115 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 8116 mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_TRUE); 8117 mac_capab_update(mh); 8118 } 8119 8120 void 8121 mac_no_active(mac_handle_t mh) 8122 { 8123 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8124 8125 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 8126 mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_NO_ACTIVE; 8127 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 8128 } 8129 8130 /* 8131 * Walk the primary VLAN clients whenever the primary's rings property 8132 * changes and update the mac_resource_props_t for the VLAN's client. 8133 * We need to do this since we don't support setting these properties 8134 * on the primary's VLAN clients, but the VLAN clients have to 8135 * follow the primary w.r.t the rings property. 8136 */ 8137 void 8138 mac_set_prim_vlan_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_resource_props_t *mrp) 8139 { 8140 mac_client_impl_t *vmcip; 8141 mac_resource_props_t *vmrp; 8142 8143 for (vmcip = mip->mi_clients_list; vmcip != NULL; 8144 vmcip = vmcip->mci_client_next) { 8145 if (!(vmcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC) || 8146 mac_client_vid((mac_client_handle_t)vmcip) == 8147 VLAN_ID_NONE) { 8148 continue; 8149 } 8150 vmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(vmcip); 8151 8152 vmrp->mrp_nrxrings = mrp->mrp_nrxrings; 8153 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) 8154 vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS; 8155 else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) 8156 vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS; 8157 8158 vmrp->mrp_ntxrings = mrp->mrp_ntxrings; 8159 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) 8160 vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS; 8161 else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) 8162 vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS; 8163 8164 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC) 8165 vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC; 8166 else 8167 vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC; 8168 8169 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC) 8170 vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC; 8171 else 8172 vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC; 8173 } 8174 } 8175 8176 /* 8177 * We are adding or removing ring(s) from a group. The source for taking 8178 * rings is the default group. The destination for giving rings back is 8179 * the default group. 8180 */ 8181 int 8182 mac_group_ring_modify(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group, 8183 mac_group_t *defgrp) 8184 { 8185 mac_resource_props_t *mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 8186 uint_t modify; 8187 int count; 8188 mac_ring_t *ring; 8189 mac_ring_t *next; 8190 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 8191 mac_ring_t **rings; 8192 uint_t ringcnt; 8193 int i = 0; 8194 boolean_t rx_group = group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX; 8195 int start; 8196 int end; 8197 mac_group_t *tgrp; 8198 int j; 8199 int rv = 0; 8200 8201 /* 8202 * If we are asked for just a group, we give 1 ring, else 8203 * the specified number of rings. 8204 */ 8205 if (rx_group) { 8206 ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1: 8207 mrp->mrp_nrxrings; 8208 } else { 8209 ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1: 8210 mrp->mrp_ntxrings; 8211 } 8212 8213 /* don't allow modifying rings for a share for now. */ 8214 ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == 0); 8215 8216 if (ringcnt == group->mrg_cur_count) 8217 return (0); 8218 8219 if (group->mrg_cur_count > ringcnt) { 8220 modify = group->mrg_cur_count - ringcnt; 8221 if (rx_group) { 8222 if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group) { 8223 ASSERT(mac_is_primary_client(mcip)); 8224 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp; 8225 } else { 8226 defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp; 8227 } 8228 } 8229 ring = group->mrg_rings; 8230 rings = kmem_alloc(modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t), 8231 KM_SLEEP); 8232 j = 0; 8233 for (count = 0; count < modify; count++) { 8234 next = ring->mr_next; 8235 rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring); 8236 if (rv != 0) { 8237 /* cleanup on failure */ 8238 for (j = 0; j < count; j++) { 8239 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, 8240 rings[j]); 8241 } 8242 break; 8243 } 8244 rings[j++] = ring; 8245 ring = next; 8246 } 8247 kmem_free(rings, modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t)); 8248 return (rv); 8249 } 8250 if (ringcnt >= MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP) 8251 return (EINVAL); 8252 8253 modify = ringcnt - group->mrg_cur_count; 8254 8255 if (rx_group) { 8256 if (group != mip->mi_rx_donor_grp) 8257 defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp; 8258 else 8259 /* 8260 * This is the donor group with all the remaining 8261 * rings. Default group now gets to be the donor 8262 */ 8263 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp; 8264 start = 1; 8265 end = mip->mi_rx_group_count; 8266 } else { 8267 start = 0; 8268 end = mip->mi_tx_group_count - 1; 8269 } 8270 /* 8271 * If the default doesn't have any rings, lets see if we can 8272 * take rings given to an h/w client that doesn't need it. 8273 * For now, we just see if there is any one client that can donate 8274 * all the required rings. 8275 */ 8276 if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1)) { 8277 for (i = start; i < end; i++) { 8278 if (rx_group) { 8279 tgrp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i]; 8280 if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state < 8281 MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8282 continue; 8283 } 8284 if (i_mac_clients_hw(tgrp, MRP_RX_RINGS)) 8285 continue; 8286 mcip = tgrp->mrg_clients->mgc_client; 8287 VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL); 8288 if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count + 8289 defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) { 8290 continue; 8291 } 8292 if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, 8293 defgrp) != 0) { 8294 return (ENOSPC); 8295 } 8296 } else { 8297 tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i]; 8298 if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state < 8299 MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8300 continue; 8301 } 8302 if (i_mac_clients_hw(tgrp, MRP_TX_RINGS)) 8303 continue; 8304 mcip = tgrp->mrg_clients->mgc_client; 8305 VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL); 8306 if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count + 8307 defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) { 8308 continue; 8309 } 8310 /* OK, we can switch this to s/w */ 8311 mac_tx_client_quiesce( 8312 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 8313 mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, defgrp); 8314 mac_tx_client_restart( 8315 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 8316 } 8317 } 8318 if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1)) 8319 return (ENOSPC); 8320 } 8321 if ((rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, group->mrg_type, defgrp, 8322 group, mcip->mci_share, modify)) != 0) { 8323 return (rv); 8324 } 8325 return (0); 8326 } 8327 8328 /* 8329 * Given the poolname in mac_resource_props, find the cpupart 8330 * that is associated with this pool. The cpupart will be used 8331 * later for finding the cpus to be bound to the networking threads. 8332 * 8333 * use_default is set B_TRUE if pools are enabled and pool_default 8334 * is returned. This avoids a 2nd lookup to set the poolname 8335 * for pool-effective. 8336 * 8337 * returns: 8338 * 8339 * NULL - pools are disabled or if the 'cpus' property is set. 8340 * cpupart of pool_default - pools are enabled and the pool 8341 * is not available or poolname is blank 8342 * cpupart of named pool - pools are enabled and the pool 8343 * is available. 8344 */ 8345 cpupart_t * 8346 mac_pset_find(mac_resource_props_t *mrp, boolean_t *use_default) 8347 { 8348 pool_t *pool; 8349 cpupart_t *cpupart; 8350 8351 *use_default = B_FALSE; 8352 8353 /* CPUs property is set */ 8354 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) 8355 return (NULL); 8356 8357 ASSERT(pool_lock_held()); 8358 8359 /* Pools are disabled, no pset */ 8360 if (pool_state == POOL_DISABLED) 8361 return (NULL); 8362 8363 /* Pools property is set */ 8364 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_POOL) { 8365 if ((pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_name(mrp->mrp_pool)) == NULL) { 8366 /* Pool not found */ 8367 DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_pset_find_no_pool, char *, 8368 mrp->mrp_pool); 8369 *use_default = B_TRUE; 8370 pool = pool_default; 8371 } 8372 /* Pools property is not set */ 8373 } else { 8374 *use_default = B_TRUE; 8375 pool = pool_default; 8376 } 8377 8378 /* Find the CPU pset that corresponds to the pool */ 8379 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock); 8380 if ((cpupart = cpupart_find(pool->pool_pset->pset_id)) == NULL) { 8381 DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_find_pset_no_pset, psetid_t, 8382 pool->pool_pset->pset_id); 8383 } 8384 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock); 8385 8386 return (cpupart); 8387 } 8388 8389 void 8390 mac_set_pool_effective(boolean_t use_default, cpupart_t *cpupart, 8391 mac_resource_props_t *mrp, mac_resource_props_t *emrp) 8392 { 8393 ASSERT(pool_lock_held()); 8394 8395 if (cpupart != NULL) { 8396 emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8397 if (use_default) { 8398 (void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool, 8399 "pool_default"); 8400 } else { 8401 ASSERT(strlen(mrp->mrp_pool) != 0); 8402 (void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool, 8403 mrp->mrp_pool); 8404 } 8405 } else { 8406 emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL; 8407 bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN); 8408 } 8409 } 8410 8411 struct mac_pool_arg { 8412 char mpa_poolname[MAXPATHLEN]; 8413 pool_event_t mpa_what; 8414 }; 8415 8416 /*ARGSUSED*/ 8417 static uint_t 8418 mac_pool_link_update(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg) 8419 { 8420 struct mac_pool_arg *mpa = arg; 8421 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)val; 8422 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 8423 mac_resource_props_t *mrp, *emrp; 8424 boolean_t pool_update = B_FALSE; 8425 boolean_t pool_clear = B_FALSE; 8426 boolean_t use_default = B_FALSE; 8427 cpupart_t *cpupart = NULL; 8428 8429 mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP); 8430 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 8431 for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL; 8432 mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) { 8433 pool_update = B_FALSE; 8434 pool_clear = B_FALSE; 8435 use_default = B_FALSE; 8436 mac_client_get_resources((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, mrp); 8437 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip); 8438 8439 /* 8440 * When pools are enabled 8441 */ 8442 if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_ENABLE) && 8443 ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) { 8444 mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8445 pool_update = B_TRUE; 8446 } 8447 8448 /* 8449 * When pools are disabled 8450 */ 8451 if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_DISABLE) && 8452 ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) { 8453 mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8454 pool_clear = B_TRUE; 8455 } 8456 8457 /* 8458 * Look for links with the pool property set and the poolname 8459 * matching the one which is changing. 8460 */ 8461 if (strcmp(mrp->mrp_pool, mpa->mpa_poolname) == 0) { 8462 /* 8463 * The pool associated with the link has changed. 8464 */ 8465 if (mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) { 8466 mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8467 pool_update = B_TRUE; 8468 } 8469 } 8470 8471 /* 8472 * This link is associated with pool_default and 8473 * pool_default has changed. 8474 */ 8475 if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) && 8476 (strcmp(emrp->mrp_pool, "pool_default") == 0) && 8477 (strcmp(mpa->mpa_poolname, "pool_default") == 0)) { 8478 mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8479 pool_update = B_TRUE; 8480 } 8481 8482 /* 8483 * Get new list of cpus for the pool, bind network 8484 * threads to new list of cpus and update resources. 8485 */ 8486 if (pool_update) { 8487 if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) { 8488 pool_lock(); 8489 cpupart = mac_pset_find(mrp, &use_default); 8490 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp, 8491 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, cpupart); 8492 mac_set_pool_effective(use_default, cpupart, 8493 mrp, emrp); 8494 pool_unlock(); 8495 } 8496 mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 8497 B_FALSE); 8498 } 8499 8500 /* 8501 * Clear the effective pool and bind network threads 8502 * to any available CPU. 8503 */ 8504 if (pool_clear) { 8505 if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) { 8506 emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL; 8507 bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN); 8508 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp, 8509 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL); 8510 } 8511 mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 8512 B_FALSE); 8513 } 8514 } 8515 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 8516 kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 8517 return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE); 8518 } 8519 8520 static void 8521 mac_pool_update(void *arg) 8522 { 8523 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, mac_pool_link_update, arg); 8524 kmem_free(arg, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg)); 8525 } 8526 8527 /* 8528 * Callback function to be executed when a noteworthy pool event 8529 * takes place. 8530 */ 8531 /* ARGSUSED */ 8532 static void 8533 mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t what, poolid_t id, void *arg) 8534 { 8535 pool_t *pool; 8536 char *poolname = NULL; 8537 struct mac_pool_arg *mpa; 8538 8539 pool_lock(); 8540 mpa = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg), KM_SLEEP); 8541 8542 switch (what) { 8543 case POOL_E_ENABLE: 8544 case POOL_E_DISABLE: 8545 break; 8546 8547 case POOL_E_CHANGE: 8548 pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_id(id); 8549 if (pool == NULL) { 8550 kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg)); 8551 pool_unlock(); 8552 return; 8553 } 8554 pool_get_name(pool, &poolname); 8555 (void) strlcpy(mpa->mpa_poolname, poolname, 8556 sizeof (mpa->mpa_poolname)); 8557 break; 8558 8559 default: 8560 kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg)); 8561 pool_unlock(); 8562 return; 8563 } 8564 pool_unlock(); 8565 8566 mpa->mpa_what = what; 8567 8568 mac_pool_update(mpa); 8569 } 8570 8571 /* 8572 * Set effective rings property. This could be called from datapath_setup/ 8573 * datapath_teardown or set-linkprop. 8574 * If the group is reserved we just go ahead and set the effective rings. 8575 * Additionally, for TX this could mean the default group has lost/gained 8576 * some rings, so if the default group is reserved, we need to adjust the 8577 * effective rings for the default group clients. For RX, if we are working 8578 * with the non-default group, we just need to reset the effective props 8579 * for the default group clients. 8580 */ 8581 void 8582 mac_set_rings_effective(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 8583 { 8584 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 8585 mac_group_t *grp; 8586 mac_group_t *defgrp; 8587 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 8588 mac_resource_props_t *emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip); 8589 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 8590 mac_client_impl_t *gmcip; 8591 8592 grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group; 8593 if (grp != NULL) { 8594 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 8595 /* 8596 * If we have reserved a group, set the effective rings 8597 * to the ring count in the group. 8598 */ 8599 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8600 emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS; 8601 emrp->mrp_nrxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count; 8602 } 8603 8604 /* 8605 * We go through the clients in the shared group and 8606 * reset the effective properties. It is possible this 8607 * might have already been done for some client (i.e. 8608 * if some client is being moved to a group that is 8609 * already shared). The case where the default group is 8610 * RESERVED is taken care of above (note in the RX side if 8611 * there is a non-default group, the default group is always 8612 * SHARED). 8613 */ 8614 if (grp != defgrp || grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) { 8615 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) 8616 mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; 8617 else 8618 mgcp = defgrp->mrg_clients; 8619 while (mgcp != NULL) { 8620 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 8621 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip); 8622 if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) { 8623 emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS; 8624 emrp->mrp_nrxrings = 0; 8625 } 8626 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 8627 } 8628 } 8629 } 8630 8631 /* Now the TX side */ 8632 grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group; 8633 if (grp != NULL) { 8634 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 8635 8636 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8637 emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS; 8638 emrp->mrp_ntxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count; 8639 } else if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) { 8640 mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; 8641 while (mgcp != NULL) { 8642 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 8643 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip); 8644 if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) { 8645 emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS; 8646 emrp->mrp_ntxrings = 0; 8647 } 8648 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 8649 } 8650 } 8651 8652 /* 8653 * If the group is not the default group and the default 8654 * group is reserved, the ring count in the default group 8655 * might have changed, update it. 8656 */ 8657 if (grp != defgrp && 8658 defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8659 gmcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(defgrp); 8660 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip); 8661 emrp->mrp_ntxrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count; 8662 } 8663 } 8664 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip); 8665 } 8666 8667 /* 8668 * Check if the primary is in the default group. If so, see if we 8669 * can give it a an exclusive group now that another client is 8670 * being configured. We take the primary out of the default group 8671 * because the multicast/broadcast packets for the all the clients 8672 * will land in the default ring in the default group which means 8673 * any client in the default group, even if it is the only on in 8674 * the group, will lose exclusive access to the rings, hence 8675 * polling. 8676 */ 8677 mac_client_impl_t * 8678 mac_check_primary_relocation(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t rxhw) 8679 { 8680 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 8681 mac_group_t *defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 8682 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 8683 mac_resource_props_t *mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 8684 uint8_t *mac_addr; 8685 mac_group_t *ngrp; 8686 8687 /* 8688 * Check if the primary is in the default group, if not 8689 * or if it is explicitly configured to be in the default 8690 * group OR set the RX rings property, return. 8691 */ 8692 if (flent->fe_rx_ring_group != defgrp || mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) 8693 return (NULL); 8694 8695 /* 8696 * If the new client needs an exclusive group and we 8697 * don't have another for the primary, return. 8698 */ 8699 if (rxhw && mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail < 2) 8700 return (NULL); 8701 8702 mac_addr = flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_dst_mac; 8703 /* 8704 * We call this when we are setting up the datapath for 8705 * the first non-primary. 8706 */ 8707 ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 2); 8708 8709 /* 8710 * OK, now we have the primary that needs to be relocated. 8711 */ 8712 ngrp = mac_reserve_rx_group(mcip, mac_addr, B_TRUE); 8713 if (ngrp == NULL) 8714 return (NULL); 8715 if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, defgrp, ngrp) != 0) { 8716 mac_stop_group(ngrp); 8717 return (NULL); 8718 } 8719 return (mcip); 8720 } 8721 8722 void 8723 mac_transceiver_init(mac_impl_t *mip) 8724 { 8725 if (mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_TRANSCEIVER, 8726 &mip->mi_transceiver)) { 8727 /* 8728 * The driver set a flag that we don't know about. In this case, 8729 * we need to warn about that case and ignore this capability. 8730 */ 8731 if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags != 0) { 8732 dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set transceiver " 8733 "flags to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring " 8734 "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags); 8735 bzero(&mip->mi_transceiver, 8736 sizeof (mac_capab_transceiver_t)); 8737 } 8738 } else { 8739 bzero(&mip->mi_transceiver, 8740 sizeof (mac_capab_transceiver_t)); 8741 } 8742 } 8743 8744 int 8745 mac_transceiver_count(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t *countp) 8746 { 8747 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8748 8749 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8750 8751 if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers == 0) 8752 return (ENOTSUP); 8753 8754 *countp = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers; 8755 return (0); 8756 } 8757 8758 int 8759 mac_transceiver_info(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t tranid, boolean_t *present, 8760 boolean_t *usable) 8761 { 8762 int ret; 8763 mac_transceiver_info_t info; 8764 8765 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8766 8767 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8768 8769 if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_info == NULL || 8770 mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers == 0) 8771 return (ENOTSUP); 8772 8773 if (tranid >= mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers) 8774 return (EINVAL); 8775 8776 bzero(&info, sizeof (mac_transceiver_info_t)); 8777 if ((ret = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_info(mip->mi_driver, tranid, 8778 &info)) != 0) { 8779 return (ret); 8780 } 8781 8782 *present = info.mti_present; 8783 *usable = info.mti_usable; 8784 return (0); 8785 } 8786 8787 int 8788 mac_transceiver_read(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t tranid, uint_t page, void *buf, 8789 size_t nbytes, off_t offset, size_t *nread) 8790 { 8791 int ret; 8792 size_t nr; 8793 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8794 8795 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8796 8797 if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_read == NULL) 8798 return (ENOTSUP); 8799 8800 if (tranid >= mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers) 8801 return (EINVAL); 8802 8803 /* 8804 * All supported pages today are 256 bytes wide. Make sure offset + 8805 * nbytes never exceeds that. 8806 */ 8807 if (offset < 0 || offset >= 256 || nbytes > 256 || 8808 offset + nbytes > 256) 8809 return (EINVAL); 8810 8811 if (nread == NULL) 8812 nread = &nr; 8813 ret = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_read(mip->mi_driver, tranid, page, buf, 8814 nbytes, offset, nread); 8815 if (ret == 0 && *nread > nbytes) { 8816 dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_PANIC, "driver wrote %lu bytes into " 8817 "%lu byte sized buffer, possible memory corruption", 8818 *nread, nbytes); 8819 } 8820 8821 return (ret); 8822 } 8823 8824 void 8825 mac_led_init(mac_impl_t *mip) 8826 { 8827 mip->mi_led_modes = MAC_LED_DEFAULT; 8828 8829 if (!mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_LED, &mip->mi_led)) { 8830 bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t)); 8831 return; 8832 } 8833 8834 if (mip->mi_led.mcl_flags != 0) { 8835 dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set led capability " 8836 "flags to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring " 8837 "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags); 8838 bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t)); 8839 return; 8840 } 8841 8842 if ((mip->mi_led.mcl_modes & ~MAC_LED_ALL) != 0) { 8843 dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set led capability " 8844 "supported modes to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring " 8845 "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags); 8846 bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t)); 8847 return; 8848 } 8849 } 8850 8851 int 8852 mac_led_get(mac_handle_t mh, mac_led_mode_t *supported, mac_led_mode_t *active) 8853 { 8854 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8855 8856 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8857 8858 if (mip->mi_led.mcl_set == NULL) 8859 return (ENOTSUP); 8860 8861 *supported = mip->mi_led.mcl_modes; 8862 *active = mip->mi_led_modes; 8863 8864 return (0); 8865 } 8866 8867 /* 8868 * Update and multiplex the various LED requests. We only ever send one LED to 8869 * the underlying driver at a time. As such, we end up multiplexing all 8870 * requested states and picking one to send down to the driver. 8871 */ 8872 int 8873 mac_led_set(mac_handle_t mh, mac_led_mode_t desired) 8874 { 8875 int ret; 8876 mac_led_mode_t driver; 8877 8878 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8879 8880 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8881 8882 /* 8883 * If we've been passed a desired value of zero, that indicates that 8884 * we're basically resetting to the value of zero, which is our default 8885 * value. 8886 */ 8887 if (desired == 0) 8888 desired = MAC_LED_DEFAULT; 8889 8890 if (mip->mi_led.mcl_set == NULL) 8891 return (ENOTSUP); 8892 8893 /* 8894 * Catch both values that we don't know about and those that the driver 8895 * doesn't support. 8896 */ 8897 if ((desired & ~MAC_LED_ALL) != 0) 8898 return (EINVAL); 8899 8900 if ((desired & ~mip->mi_led.mcl_modes) != 0) 8901 return (ENOTSUP); 8902 8903 /* 8904 * If we have the same value, then there is nothing to do. 8905 */ 8906 if (desired == mip->mi_led_modes) 8907 return (0); 8908 8909 /* 8910 * Based on the desired value, determine what to send to the driver. We 8911 * only will send a single bit to the driver at any given time. IDENT 8912 * takes priority over OFF or ON. We also let OFF take priority over the 8913 * rest. 8914 */ 8915 if (desired & MAC_LED_IDENT) { 8916 driver = MAC_LED_IDENT; 8917 } else if (desired & MAC_LED_OFF) { 8918 driver = MAC_LED_OFF; 8919 } else if (desired & MAC_LED_ON) { 8920 driver = MAC_LED_ON; 8921 } else { 8922 driver = MAC_LED_DEFAULT; 8923 } 8924 8925 if ((ret = mip->mi_led.mcl_set(mip->mi_driver, driver, 0)) == 0) { 8926 mip->mi_led_modes = desired; 8927 } 8928 8929 return (ret); 8930 } 8931 8932 /* 8933 * Send packets through the Tx ring ('mrh') or through the default 8934 * handler if no ring is specified. Before passing the packet down to 8935 * the MAC provider, emulate any hardware offloads which have been 8936 * requested but are not supported by the provider. 8937 */ 8938 mblk_t * 8939 mac_ring_tx(mac_handle_t mh, mac_ring_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp) 8940 { 8941 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8942 8943 if (mrh == NULL) 8944 mrh = mip->mi_default_tx_ring; 8945 8946 if (mrh == NULL) 8947 return (mip->mi_tx(mip->mi_driver, mp)); 8948 else 8949 return (mac_hwring_tx(mrh, mp)); 8950 } 8951 8952 /* 8953 * This is the final stop before reaching the underlying MAC provider. 8954 * This is also where the bridging hook is inserted. Packets that are 8955 * bridged will return through mac_bridge_tx(), with rh nulled out if 8956 * the bridge chooses to send output on a different link due to 8957 * forwarding. 8958 */ 8959 mblk_t * 8960 mac_provider_tx(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp, 8961 mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 8962 { 8963 /* 8964 * If there is a bound Hybrid I/O share, send packets through 8965 * the default tx ring. When there's a bound Hybrid I/O share, 8966 * the tx rings of this client are mapped in the guest domain 8967 * and not accessible from here. 8968 */ 8969 if (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_SHARE_BOUND) 8970 rh = mip->mi_default_tx_ring; 8971 8972 if (mip->mi_promisc_list != NULL) 8973 mac_promisc_dispatch(mip, mp, mcip, B_FALSE); 8974 8975 if (mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL) 8976 return (mac_ring_tx((mac_handle_t)mip, rh, mp)); 8977 else 8978 return (mac_bridge_tx(mip, rh, mp)); 8979 } 8980